Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Office / CLS Holdings

CLS Holdings

cli · LSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker cli
Exchange LSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Office
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · CLS Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

L

S

H

O

L

D

I

N

G

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

1

8

CLS HOLDINGS PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018

A diversified 
approach

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A diversified 
approach

We own and actively 
manage properties in 
well‑connected locations 
that satisfy the needs 
of our customers. Our 
knowledge of the UK, 
German and French 
property markets informs 
our proactive investment 
strategy. By understanding 
customer’s needs and 
market dynamics, we 
actively add value for our 
occupiers and shareholders.

Statutory and alternative performance measures

Throughout the strategic report we use a range of 
financial and non-financial measures to assess our 
performance in accordance with European Public 
Real Estate Association (EPRA) measures. EPRA is 
a recognised body in the property industry which is 
involved in the formulation of accounting metrics and 
sustainability reporting, which give the European listed 
real estate sector greater transparency and consistency. 
These standards also provide visibility and comparability 
to industry stakeholders in addition to being appreciated 
by the investment community. Management uses these 
measures to monitor the Group’s financial performance 
alongside International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) measures because they help illustrate the 
underlying financial performance and position of the 
Group. We have defined and explained each of these EPRA 
measures in the glossary of terms on pages 133 and 
134. The EPRA measurements should be considered in 
addition to measures of financial performance, financial 
position or cash flows reported in accordance with IFRS.

Our business at a glance

Solid, stable  
and diversified  
portfolio

Contracted rent

Property value

£109.6m

No. of properties

122

£1.9bn

For more information about  
our properties see our website 
www.clsholdings.com

No. of tenants

689

Total floor space

6.9m sq ft

RENT BY SECTOR 

PROPERTY USE BY REVENUE

Government – 27.5%
Business services – 21.8%
Manufacturing – 12.0%
IT – 6.5%
Student lets – 4.7%
Finance – 4.6%
Retail – 4.1%
Other – 18.8%

Office – 89%
Student – 5%
Hotel – 4%
Retail – 2%

Front cover images – Harman House, Uxbridge; Fleethaus and, Silo, Hamburg

Contracted rent

Property value

£109.6m

No. of properties

122

£1.9bn

No. of tenants

689

Total floor space

6.9m sq ft

United Kingdom

£982.3m
(51%)

(see pages 20-21)

France

£308.1m
(16%)

(see pages 24-25)

RENTAL DATA

United Kingdom

Germany

France

Total Portfolio

VALUATION DATA

United Kingdom

Germany

France

Total Portfolio

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO BY VALUE
The map shows the value of the 
property portfolio which comprises 
investment property, properties held 
for sale and hotel .

Germany

£629.4m
(33%)

(see pages 22-23)

Rental 
income for 
the year 
£m

Net rental 
income for 
the year 
£m

Lettable 
space 
sqm

Contracted 
rent at  
year end 
£m

ERV at  
year end 
£m

56.7

31.1

15.2

56.6 240,988

30.8 300,699

15.5

82,984

57.3

35.3

17.0

61.8

38.9

17.3

103.0

102.9 624,671

109.6

118.0

Contracted 
rent 
subject to 
indexation 
£m

16.9

19.5

17.0

53.4

Vacancy  
rate at  
year end

4.0%

4.2%

2.3%

3.8%

Valuation movement  
in the year

Market 
value of 
property 
£m

954.9

629.4

308.1

1,892.4

Underlying 
£m

Foreign 
exchange 
£m

EPRA net 
initial  
yield

4.3

52.5

11.0

67.8

-

7.8

3.8

11.6

5.2%

5.1%

4.7%

5.1%

EPRA 
topped up 
net initial 
yield

5.6%

5.4%

5.3%

5.5%

Reversion

8.3%

9.1%

2.7%

7.7%

True 
equivalent 
yield

6.0%

5.7%

5.2%

Over-
rented

4.4%

3.3%

3.8%

4.0%

LEASE DATA

Average lease length

Passing rent of leases expiring in:

ERV of leases expiring in:

To break 
years

To expiry 
years

Year 1  
£m

Year 2 
£m

Years 3 
to 5 
£m

After 5 
years 
£m

Year 1  
£m

Year 2 
£m

Years 3 
to 5 
£m

After  
5 years 
£m

United Kingdom

Germany

France

Total Portfolio

4.3

4.8

2.6

4.2

5.4

4.9

5.4

5.3

3.1

5.8

1.6

5.5

5.4

0.7

10.5

11.6

 12.9

13.6

4.7

31.2

33.0

10.6

10.0

53.6

3.2

6.3

1.6

5.7

5.6

0.7

11.1

12.0

13.4

14.6

4.5

32.5

34.4

10.9

10.0

55.3

Note: The above tables comprise data of the investment properties and properties held for sale.

Highlights

Delivering robust and 
disciplined growth

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS1

EPRA NAV2 309.8p

+8.5%(2017: 285.6p, see note 12)

EPRA eps 13.1p

+4.0%(2017: 12.6p, see note 11)

Basic NAV 275.5p

+9.3%(2017: 252.0p, see note 12)

Basic eps 30.5p

-21.4%(2017: 38.7p, see note 11)

Valuation uplift3

+3.7%(2017: +5.8%)

Full year’s dividend 6.9p

+8.7%(2017: 6.35p, see note 26)

Profit after tax4 £132.8m

Cost of debt lowered further to

-15.4%(2017: £157.0m)

2.43%(2017: 2.51%)

1  2017 comparatives restated to reflect 

reclassification of discontinued operations (note 24)

2  Key Performance Indicator
3 

Investment properties, properties  
held for sale and hotel
4  From continuing operations

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
176 asset management deals  
completed securing £16.2m of annual  
rent at 2.2% above ERV

REPOSITIONING THE PORTFOLIO
11 properties sold for £48.5m 
2 properties acquired for £70.0m

HIGH OCCUPANCY LEVELS
Vacancy rate reduced to 3.8% (2017: 5.8%)

RENTAL INCOME ENHANCEMENT
Rental income increased by 9.9% to 
£103.0m (2017: £93.7m)

ASSET ENHANCEMENT
2 developments completed: 
  Ateliers Victoires (Paris) 21,500 sq ft 16 

Tinworth Street (SE11) 9,181 sq ft

1 planning permission gained:  

Quayside Lodge (SW6) 160,000 sq ft

  Total capital expenditure: £18.0m

FINANCING INITIATIVES
Financed £137.7m at 2.16% pa for 
5.8 years
Redeemed £65m 5.5% bond early
Repaid £158.6m of loans in total which 
had been costing 3.26% p.a.

BALANCE SHEET LOAN TO VALUE
Maintained at 36.7% (2017: 36.9%)

SUSTAINABILITY HIGHLIGHTS

Reduction in CO2 emissions

15.9%(2017: 9.3%) 

Recycling

71%(2017: 70%)

Renewable energy

91%(2017: 96%)

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  01

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Contents

Strategic report

6 

8 

Chairman’s statement

Business model and strategy

10  Strategy at a glance

12  Chief Executive’s review

15  Our investor proposition

16  Key Performance Indicators

18  Principal risks and uncertainties

20  Business reviews

26  Chief Financial Officer’s review 

30  Corporate, social and environmental 

responsibility report

02  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governance

38  Chairman’s introduction

40  Corporate governance report

54  Nomination Committee report

56  Audit Committee report

61  Remuneration Committee report

75  Directors’ report

Strategic reportFinancial statements

82 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of 
CLS Holdings plc

90  Group income statement 

91  Group statement of comprehensive income

92  Group balance sheet

93  Group statement of changes in equity

94  Group statement of cash flows

95  Notes to the Group financial statements

126  Company balance sheet

127  Company statement of changes in equity

128  Notes to the Company financial statements

132  Five year financial summary

133  Glossary of terms

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  03

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Spring Mews student  
accommodation, London

04  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportIn this section:

6 

8 

Chairman’s statement

Business model and strategy

10  Strategy at a glance

12  Chief Executive’s review

15  Our investor proposition

16  Key Performance Indicators

18  Principal risks and uncertainties

20  Business reviews

26  Chief Financial Officer’s review 

30  Corporate, social and environmental 

responsibility

Strategic  
report

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  05

Chairman’s statement

Strength in diversity

Henry Klotz,  
Executive Chairman

06  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

PERFORMANCE
I am delighted to be able to report another 
robust set of results which once again 
are an endorsement of CLS’s strategy of 
focusing on geographical diversity as a 
long-term investor in the three largest 
economies in Europe: the UK, Germany 
and France. During the year, EPRA NAV 
rose by 8.5% to 309.8 pence per share 
(31 December 2017: 285.6 pence).

As a result of this diversity, we are ready 
to face the prospect of Brexit-related 
macro uncertainty with great confidence 
in the underlying strength of the business.

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
In 2018, our property portfolio rose 
in value by 3.7% in local currencies, 
with an outstanding performance in 
Germany which saw an uplift of 9.3%. 
At 31 December 2018, the portfolio was 
valued at just over £1.9 billion, of which 
51% was in the UK, 33% in Germany and 
16% in France. For many years, we have 
benefited from our established presence 
in these markets. In each we operate 
the same core strategy: a focus on office 
buildings in high quality, predominantly 
non-prime locations in larger cities and 
managed by our own staff. Having our 
in-house management well-established 
in each local market remains key to 
our success as it allows us to establish 
strong relationships with our customers, 
gain a deep knowledge of their changing 
requirements, and ultimately improve 
the service we provide, to our mutual 
benefit. It is also hugely important for 
new business opportunities to be fully 
integrated in the local property networks.

In 2018, we invested £70.0 million in 
acquisitions, primarily in London, where 
our confidence in the longer-term future 
provided opportunities to acquire at 
attractive prices.

Strategic reportthe tradition in Germany and France has 
been to have more flexible leases than 
in the UK, but our tenant base in the UK 
has long enjoyed such flexibility, and we 
expect this to continue.

The key for us is to have a close 
relationship to our customers in order to 
be well informed about and understand 
the evolving requirements for their 
businesses. The main risk that I see is 
if the demand for our premises in the 
UK were to decrease significantly, but 
as we have a strong focus on keeping 
the vacancy below 5%, and 43% of 
our UK rental income is derived from 
the UK Government, I believe the risk 
is manageable.

The economic and political environment 
is as challenging to interpret as I have 
known for some time. The impact of 
Brexit on our business is, of course, 
difficult to predict, but the spread of our 
operations across the three strongest 
European economies places CLS at a 
competitive advantage.

We shall continue to follow our medium-
term strategy and long-term vision, 
whilst constantly challenging both to 
ensure they remain robust. Our balance 
sheet is strong, our business well-placed, 
and we remain focused on continuing to 
deliver value to our shareholders. 

Henry Klotz
Executive Chairman

CULTURE
We continue to promote an open, 
entrepreneurial culture for our 
workforce, with an efficient decision-
making structure which engenders 
responsibility and enables a hands-on 
operating process.

We enhance the communication 
within the organisation to engage our 
employees; in 2018, we introduced an 
in-house social media initiative. In order 
to attract and retain high-quality talent, 
we have to understand and respect the 
different business cultures in which we 
operate and to dovetail our Group culture 
with that of local markets.

The high levels of engagement within 
our team, levels of professionalism and 
expert knowledge all make a tangible 
contribution to the strength of our 
organisation. On behalf of the Board, I 
would like to thank all of our employees 
for their continued hard work and 
commitment to the success of CLS.

SUSTAINABILITY
Our aim is to be a leading sustainable 
business, and in 2018 we have taken 
every opportunity to invest in renewable 
technology, such as additional 
photovoltaic panels and thermodynamic 
heat pumps. Our committed in-house 
team is dedicated to environmental 
issues across all our markets both within 
CLS and in our local communities, and 
we are working hard to implement best 
practice in all areas. Our corporate, 
social and environmental responsibility 
report contains details of our work 
on sustainability and can be found on 
page 30.

SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Around 60% of the shares in the Company 
are held by representatives of the 
Board, and by engaging with external 
shareholders we typically are able to 
meet at least once a year with around 
90% of our shareholder base, and others 
wishing to join it. This is important; 
we meet most shareholders every six 
months, and we consult with them 
on an ad hoc basis on specific topics, 
such as directors’ remuneration. In this 
way we are able to run the business 
with a mindset very much in step with 
shareholders’ views.

BOARD CHANGES
John Whiteley, our Chief Financial Officer, 
who has been with us for almost ten 
years, has chosen to retire later this year 
and the process to find his successor is 
well advanced. I would like to thank John 
for his hard work and contribution to CLS 
over the years and to wish him well in his 
new status as a young pensioner.

Malcolm Cooper, who joined the Board in 
May 2007 and is our Senior Independent 
Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee, has expressed a wish to 
stand down in 2019, but to continue in 
post to assist in the handover to his 
successor and to the new CFO.

As Chairman, it is one of my primary 
responsibilities to ensure that the Board 
is effective in running the Company, 
and that succession plans are in place 
for all directors. The composition of 
our Board does not currently comply 
with the provisions of the Code in that it 
does not have a majority of independent 
non-executive directors; indeed, this 
has always been the case, but this is 
exacerbated when non-executives have 
been with us for more than nine years. 
A key focus of mine in 2018 has been to 
hold discussions with the Board with a 
view to refreshing the composition of the 
non-executives in the short to medium 
term and broadening the experience 
they bring to the Board, and I expect to 
be able to announce progress on this in 
due course.

DIVIDEND
In line with our strategy that the dividend 
should be progressive and well-covered 
by EPRA earnings, the Board is pleased 
to propose a final dividend for 2018 of 4.7 
pence per share, making the total for the 
year of 6.9 pence, being 1.9 times covered 
by EPRA earnings and an increase over 
last year of 8.7%.

OUTLOOK
In the UK there has been a trend for 
new market entrants in the property 
sector to provide very flexible leases 
although, with a question remaining 
over the sustainability of their business 
models, this may now be slowing down. 
We embrace these changes, which have 
had a positive impact on the way in which 
people work due to the way some UK 
offices are designed. For many years, 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  07

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Business model and strategy

Realising value and  
reinvesting for the future

GROWTH THROUGH REINVESTMENT

We acquire  
the right  
properties…

…we secure  
the right  
finance...

WE ACQUIRE THE RIGHT PROPERTIES

WE SECURE THE RIGHT FINANCE

 — We invest in commercial real estate in the UK, 

Germany and France.

 — 95% of our properties are offices.
 — We look to acquire properties in high quality, non-

prime locations with good transport links and located 
in key European cities.

 — Many of our properties are multi-let to a wide variety 
of occupiers, giving us the opportunity to add value 
whilst spreading our risk.

 — The cost of buying investment properties is met 

partly from the Group’s liquid resources and partly 
from external financing. Liquid resources are 
supplemented by disposal proceeds from selling 
assets which present limited further opportunities to 
add value.

 — We have the ability to move quickly due to our strong 

balance sheet.

 — Our in-house sustainability programme is focus 
on mitigating our impact on climate change and 
continually improving our properties.

 — Most of our properties are held in their own SPV, 
and are financed with bank loans borrowed by 
the SPV on a non-recourse basis to the rest of 
the Group.

 — We have the flexibility to borrow at fixed or 
floating rates of interest and by borrowing 
against each asset, we are able to use a level of 
gearing suitable to the specific property.
 — Where properties are more suited to being 

financed together, such as on the acquisition of a 
larger portfolio, we finance them under one loan, 
often with the flexibility to withdraw properties 
from charge and to substitute others.

 — Our bank borrowing is typically for five or seven 
years, and as most of our debt is obtained from 
local banks, we have active relationships with 26 
lenders around Europe, which spreads our risk.
 — In everything we do to secure the right finance, 
we always generate responsible profit through 
creating sustainable long-term decisions with 
the environment in mind.

  For more information on acquiring the right properties 

  For more information on securing finance 

see pages 10-11

see pages 10-11

08  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportBusiness model and strategy

Realising value and  

reinvesting for the future

Our corporate objective is to create sustainable, 
long‑term value through owning and actively 
managing high‑yielding office properties in   
key European cities

GROWTH THROUGH REINVESTMENT

SELL

…we deliver value 
through active 
management and 
cost control

HOLD

We reward  
shareholders,  
customers,  
and employees

WE DELIVER VALUE THROUGH 
ACTIVE MANAGEMENT AND COST 
CONTROL

 — The key to active management is to perform it 

in-house, because, by using our own employees, 
we harness greater motivation, response times 
and attention to detail than if tasks were to 
be outsourced.

 — In-house management includes asset 

management (leasing), property management 
(refurbishments), facilities management (day-to-
day maintenance), development management, 
tenant billing and debt collection, and purchase 
ledger and service charge management.

 — By performing all of these functions in-house we 
control costs through efficient working, and we 
maintain our revenue stream through providing 
a first-rate service to our customers.

 — This approach allows us to develop and embed 
environmental behaviours across our managed 
landscape. This supports our impact on climate 
change and gives our shareholders confidence in 
our day-to-day management.

  For more information on active management  

see pages 10-11

REWARDING SHAREHOLDERS, 
CUSTOMERS, AND EMPLOYEES

 — Approximately half of our EPRA earnings are 
distributed to shareholders. This represents 
£28.1 million of the £53.5 million of EPRA 
earnings in 2018. The balance is reinvested in 
the business, increasing the size of the Company. 
In this way shareholders can be rewarded partly 
in cash and partly in the capital appreciation 
of their shares. As we are not a REIT, we are 
not restricted in the amount we are required to 
distribute to shareholders, which benefits the 
business in the longer term.

 — Our tenants are our customers. They benefit 
from a landlord who understands their needs 
and who provides cost-effective accommodation 
through investing its profits back into 
its business.

 — We reward employees for their work and their 
loyalty, through bonus schemes which reflect 
the success of the business, which aligns 
their interests with our shareholders and 
our customers.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  09

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Strategy at a glance

Creating sustainable,  
long-term value

LINK TO 
BUSINESS MODEL

WE ACQUIRE THE 
RIGHT PROPERTIES

STRATEGY

STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS
(see details  
on pages 16-17)

OUR PERFORMANCE IN 2018

PRIORITIES FOR 2019

LINK TO PRINCIPAL 

RISKS

(see details  

on pages 18-19)

Invest in high-yielding 
properties, predominantly 
offices, with a focus on 
cash returns

Diversify market risk by 
investing in geographical area 
with differing characteristics

 — We target modern, high quality, well-let 

TSR – ABSOLUTE

 — Our TSR in 2018 was -12.3%; we came 15th 

 — We shall continue to dispose of properties 

PROPERTY 

properties in good non-prime locations in 
larger European cities.

TSR – RELATIVE

 — We invest in the UK, Germany and France 

and in sterling and euros.

TOTAL ACCOUNTING 
RETURN

out of 26 in the FTSE 350 Real Estate Super 

with limited potential and reinvest the proceeds 

INVESTMENT RISK

Sector Index.

 — Return on equity was 11.9%.

 — Total Accounting Return was 10.8%.

in better prospects.

 — We expect those opportunities will include 

properties with an element of vacancies 

 — 2 properties acquired for £70.0m at 6.4% NIY. 

for us to address and add value.

 — 11 properties sold for £48.5m at 5.9% NIY.

 — We expect better investment opportunities 

will arise in the UK and Germany.

COST OF DEBT

 — Weighted average cost of debt reduced to 

 — With 79% of the Group’s debt already at fixed 

FUNDING RISK

WE SECURE THE 
RIGHT FINANCE

Target a low cost of debt

Utilise diversified sources of 
finance to reduce risk

Maintain high level 
of liquid resources

 — We keep the cost of debt well below the net 
initial yield of the properties to enhance the 
return on equity.

 — We use interest rate caps and hedges to 

control interest rate risk.

 — We maintain strong links with banks and 
other lending sources across Europe.
 — We restrict the exposure of the Group to 

any one bank.

 — We own properties in single purpose 

vehicles, financed by non-recourse bank 
debt in the currency used to purchase 
the asset.

 — We operate an in-house Treasury team 

which manages cash and corporate bonds 
to maximise their returns.

Maintain high occupancy rates

WE DELIVER VALUE 
THROUGH ACTIVE 
MANAGEMENT AND 
COST CONTROL

 — We use in-house local property managers 
who maintain close links with occupiers to 
understand their needs.

 — We focus on the quality of service and 
accommodation for our customers.

VACANCY RATE

ADMINISTRATION 
COST RATIO

Maintain a diversified 
customer base underpinned 
by a strong core 
income stream

Maintain strict cost control

 — We avoid heavy reliance on any 

one customer or business sector.

 — We perform as many back office functions 
as possible in-house, and monitor our 
performance against our peer group.

10  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

2.43% (2017: 2.51%), the lowest level it has been.

rates, we have the versatility to chose whether 

 — During the year we took out 10 loans for £137.7m 

to take out new loans at fixed or floating rates.

at an average interest rate of 2.16%, of which 

 — The £68m of loans expiring in 2019 will be 

£92.0m was at fixed rates which averaged 

refinanced on a case-by-case basis.

 — We intend to maintain at least £100m of 

liquid resources to provide the Group with 

financing flexibility.

2.20%.

 — We have 50 loans from 26 lenders.

 — No bank provides more than 14.8% of 

our borrowings.

 — 78 of our 122 properties are owned by single 

purpose vehicles, principal amounts of debt are 

non-recourse to the rest of the Group, and all 

are in the currency used to purchase the asset.

 — At 31 December 2018, we had liquid resources 

of £130.6m and undrawn bank facilities of 

£63.2m.

 — At 31 December 2018 our occupancy rate 

 — We will prioritise letting the vacancies 

SUSTAINABILITY 

was 96.2% (2017: 94.2%).

 — We have 689 customers.

generated by refurbishments.

RISK

 — We also expect to buy more vacancies in the 

 — 28% of our income is derived from government 

year which will receive immediate attention.

TAXATION RISK

occupiers, and a further 29% from 

 — We will maintain close and regular contact with 

major corporations.

customers, particularly in the UK during Brexit.

POLITICAL AND 

 — The weighted unexpired lease term is 5.3 years.

 — We will maintain strict financial control on 

ECONOMIC RISK

 — Our administration cost ratio for 2018 was 16.0%.

the cost of running the business as it continues 

to expand.

Strategic reportStrategy at a glance

Creating sustainable,  

long-term value

WE SECURE THE 

RIGHT FINANCE

Utilise diversified sources of 

 — We maintain strong links with banks and 

finance to reduce risk

other lending sources across Europe.

initial yield of the properties to enhance the 

return on equity.

 — We use interest rate caps and hedges to 

control interest rate risk.

 — We restrict the exposure of the Group to 

any one bank.

 — We own properties in single purpose 

vehicles, financed by non-recourse bank 

debt in the currency used to purchase 

the asset.

 — We operate an in-house Treasury team 

which manages cash and corporate bonds 

to maximise their returns.

Maintain high level 

of liquid resources

THROUGH ACTIVE 

MANAGEMENT AND 

COST CONTROL

who maintain close links with occupiers to 

understand their needs.

ADMINISTRATION 

 — We focus on the quality of service and 

COST RATIO

accommodation for our customers.

Maintain a diversified 

 — We avoid heavy reliance on any 

customer base underpinned 

one customer or business sector.

by a strong core 

income stream

Maintain strict cost control

 — We perform as many back office functions 

as possible in-house, and monitor our 

performance against our peer group.

LINK TO 

STRATEGY

STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION

KEY PERFORMANCE 

OUR PERFORMANCE IN 2018

PRIORITIES FOR 2019

BUSINESS MODEL

INDICATORS

(see details  

on pages 16-17)

WE ACQUIRE THE 

Invest in high-yielding 

 — We target modern, high quality, well-let 

TSR – ABSOLUTE

RIGHT PROPERTIES

properties, predominantly 

properties in good non-prime locations in 

offices, with a focus on 

larger European cities.

TSR – RELATIVE

cash returns

Diversify market risk by 

 — We invest in the UK, Germany and France 

TOTAL ACCOUNTING 

investing in geographical area 

and in sterling and euros.

RETURN

with differing characteristics

 — Our TSR in 2018 was -12.3%; we came 15th 
out of 26 in the FTSE 350 Real Estate Super 
Sector Index.

 — Return on equity was 11.9%.
 — Total Accounting Return was 10.8%.
 — 2 properties acquired for £70.0m at 6.4% NIY. 
 — 11 properties sold for £48.5m at 5.9% NIY.

 — We shall continue to dispose of properties 

with limited potential and reinvest the proceeds 
in better prospects.

 — We expect those opportunities will include 
properties with an element of vacancies 
for us to address and add value.

 — We expect better investment opportunities 

will arise in the UK and Germany.

LINK TO PRINCIPAL 
RISKS
(see details  
on pages 18-19)

PROPERTY 
INVESTMENT RISK

Target a low cost of debt

 — We keep the cost of debt well below the net 

COST OF DEBT

 — Weighted average cost of debt reduced to 

 — With 79% of the Group’s debt already at fixed 

FUNDING RISK

rates, we have the versatility to chose whether 
to take out new loans at fixed or floating rates.

 — The £68m of loans expiring in 2019 will be 

refinanced on a case-by-case basis.
 — We intend to maintain at least £100m of 

liquid resources to provide the Group with 
financing flexibility.

2.43% (2017: 2.51%), the lowest level it has been.
 — During the year we took out 10 loans for £137.7m 
at an average interest rate of 2.16%, of which 
£92.0m was at fixed rates which averaged 
2.20%.

 — We have 50 loans from 26 lenders.
 — No bank provides more than 14.8% of 

our borrowings.

 — 78 of our 122 properties are owned by single 

purpose vehicles, principal amounts of debt are 
non-recourse to the rest of the Group, and all 
are in the currency used to purchase the asset.
 — At 31 December 2018, we had liquid resources 
of £130.6m and undrawn bank facilities of 
£63.2m.

WE DELIVER VALUE 

Maintain high occupancy rates

 — We use in-house local property managers 

VACANCY RATE

 — At 31 December 2018 our occupancy rate 

 — We will prioritise letting the vacancies 

was 96.2% (2017: 94.2%).
 — We have 689 customers.
 — 28% of our income is derived from government 

occupiers, and a further 29% from 
major corporations.

 — The weighted unexpired lease term is 5.3 years.
 — Our administration cost ratio for 2018 was 16.0%.

generated by refurbishments.

 — We also expect to buy more vacancies in the 
year which will receive immediate attention.
 — We will maintain close and regular contact with 
customers, particularly in the UK during Brexit.

 — We will maintain strict financial control on 

the cost of running the business as it continues 
to expand.

SUSTAINABILITY 
RISK

TAXATION RISK

POLITICAL AND 
ECONOMIC RISK

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  11

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Chief Executive’s review

Driving growth through 
active management and 
portfolio repositioning

Fredrik Widlund, 
Chief Executive Officer

12  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

OVERVIEW
During the year we made significant 
progress in working the property 
portfolio through active, hands-on asset 
management, reducing the vacancy rate 
from 5.8% to 3.8%. We also continued 
to reposition the portfolio with selective 
disposals and value-add acquisitions. 
As a result, we have reported an 8.5% 
increase in EPRA net asset value, a 
total accounting return of 10.8%, pre-
tax profits from continuing operations 
of £144.9 million and an 8.7% increase 
in our dividend. The Company has a 
well-diversified office portfolio of over 
120 properties in the largest cities in the 
UK, Germany and France and we take 
a long-term view on the prospects of 
our markets.

REPOSITIONING THE 
PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
We have continued to reposition the 
portfolio and have enhanced both our 
investment team and the local German 
team to reflect our ambitions and 
accommodate our growing portfolio in 
the country. 

In 2018, we saw good value in selective 
opportunities in Germany, but the 
competition in the investment market 
strengthened during the year, and despite 
coming close on a couple of significant 
potential acquisitions we did not buy 
any new properties. However, in the UK 
we were able to recycle capital with a 
focus on properties where we could add 
value, with the acquisitions of Harman 
House, Uxbridge for £51.4 million and 

Strategic report401 King Street, Hammersmith for 
£16.1 million. Both are close to major 
rail and road networks. Since the year 
end, we have exchanged contracts to 
acquire two properties: in London, a 
96,948 sq ft (9,007 sqm) multi-let office 
property with significant refurbishment 
potential, 9 Prescot Street, Aldgate, E1 for 
£53.9 million; and in France, a 44,756 sq 
ft (4,158 sqm) multi-let office building, Les 
Reflets, in Lille for £10.2 million, further 
enhancing our scale in that city.

Our disposal criteria remained threefold: 
assets which were low yielding with 
limited potential; investments on which 
the risk/reward ratio was unfavourably 
balanced; and properties which were 
too small to have a meaningful impact 
on the Group. In aggregate we sold a 
further eleven assets in 2018 which met 
these criteria, generating net proceeds of 
£48.5 million and a profit of 5.3% over book 
value. Eight of these smaller assets were 
in the UK, two were in Germany and one in 
France. In late December, we exchanged 
contracts on the disposal of a further small 
property in Germany, purchased within 
the Metropolis portfolio in 2017, the sale of 
which for £3.5 million will complete in the 
first half of 2019.

We completed the developments of 
16 Tinworth Street, SE11 and Ateliers 
Victoires in central Paris. The former 
is now our Group headquarters above 
which are nine student apartments 
which extend our Spring Mews student 
accommodation development, and the 
latter was pre-let in its entirety to a leading 
corporate communications consultancy. 
Two significant refurbishments were 
completed towards the end of the year, 
in New Malden and Brentford, and in 
total £18.0 million was spent on capital 
expenditure as part of our upgrading of the 
portfolio. We have a rolling refurbishment 
programme and intend to keep investing in 
our properties to ensure that they continue 
to meet the needs of our customers now 
and in the future, and to offer an attractive 
environment for our occupiers and 
their employees.

Towards the end of the year, we agreed 
terms to exit our 58.02% ownership 
in Swedish vacation site owner and 
operator, First Camp, with completion 
expected this month. Under accounting 

rules, First Camp has been classified as a 
discontinued operation in 2018 and 2017, 
and its results have been excluded from 
our profit after tax, making the income 
statement a cleaner reflection of our 
investment property business.

INVESTING IN ASSET 
MANAGEMENT 
OPPORTUNITIES
The diversified nature of the portfolio and 
the strong cash flow it generates allow 
us to make investments when we see 
opportunities where others might see 
short-term, macro-related challenges. 
In 2018, this was especially true in the UK, 
where Brexit concerns created openings 
for contrarian acquisitions which had 
strong individual property fundamentals 
over the medium to long term.

We have continued to buy properties with 
vacancy or with shorter lease lengths 
if they meet our fundamental criteria of 
location and connectivity. The validity 
of these criteria has also manifested 
itself in the high proportion of tenants 
which chose to remain in situ at break or 
lease expiry.

ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT
We strongly believe that we get a more 
efficient and committed performance 
from our own employees than if their 
roles were outsourced, and so we 
perform all our asset and property 
management, and financial functions 
in-house. This is also key to ensuring a 
close and long-term relationship with 
our customers.

Having bought properties in 2017 with 
significant vacancies, in 2018 our team 
set about filling them, and reduced our 
vacancy rate from 5.8% to 3.8% in twelve 
months. To achieve this, we signed 
641,500 sq ft (59,600 sqm) in 164 new 
lettings and renewals at an average of 
2.2% above their December 2017 ERVs, 
whilst only 512,600 sq ft (47,600 sqm) of 
space vacated or expired. This evidenced 
the solid demand for non-prime office 
space in our chosen markets. The major 
contributors to this result were lettings 
of 37,243 sq ft (3,460 sqm) and 32,668 
sq ft (3,035 sqm) at East Gate, Munich, 
12,594 sq ft (1,170 sqm) in Adlershofer 
Tor in Berlin, and 24,700 sq ft (2,295 sqm) 
in Bromley.

Two other asset management initiatives 
are worthy of note. First, excluded from 
the above numbers because they were 
reported last year, with effect from 
31 March 2018 in properties across 
the UK we renewed all 15 leases with 
the Secretary of State for Housing, 
Communities and Local Government 
which were due to expire or break on 
that date, securing annual rental income 
of £6.6 million for an average of over 
5 years. Secondly, and included in this 
year’s numbers, we agreed an annual 
uplift of over £0.7 million from the 
Secretary of State for Work and Pensions 
at New Printing House Square, Gray’s Inn 
Road, WC1 which was backdated to June 
2015 and so contributed an additional 
£2.5 million to rental income in 2018.

VALUE UPLIFTS ACROSS 
THE PORTFOLIO
At 31 December 2018, there were uplifts 
in valuations across the entire Group, 
with a 3.7% increase in values in local 
currencies (4.4% in sterling). In the UK, the 
portfolio rose by 0.5%, Germany added 
9.3% in local currency, driven by rental 
growth and reduced vacancy, and the 
French portfolio rose by 3.8%, of which 
two-thirds came from the completed 
development at Ateliers Victoires. 
In aggregate, the fair value uplifts of the 
property portfolio added 15.6 pence to 
EPRA NAV in the year.

The reduction in vacancies in the UK to 
4.0% (31 December 2017: 5.5%) drove 
up the UK’s net initial yield, whilst the 
lower rents from the 15 leases with 
the Secretary of State reduced it, 
such that overall the net initial yield 
based on contracted rents remained 
broadly unchanged in the UK at 5.6% 
(31 December 2017: 5.6%). In Germany, 
the net initial yield was unchanged 
at 5.4% (31 December 2017: 5.4%); 
like-for-like contracted rent rose by 
4.7% and the vacancy rate reduced to 
4.2% (31 December 2017: 7.1%), which 
drove the valuation uplift in the year. 
In France, the reduction in vacancies 
to 2.3% (31 December 2017: 4.4%) was 
reflected in the 2.1% increase in like-for-
like contracted rent, which contributed, 
with the completion of the development 
of Ateliers Victoires, to the increase in 
values in local currency.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  13

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Chief Executive’s review (continued)

We continued to reposition the portfolio and enhanced  
the team to reflect our ambitions

LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH
CLS has a business focused on cash flow, 
a principle to which we adhere strictly for 
existing properties and acquisitions alike. 
By maintaining close contact with our 
customers, we are able to keep the vacancy 
rate low, and so the difference between our 
net initial yield of 5.5% and our cost of debt of 
2.43% becomes the main driver of cash flow. 
In 2018, net cash from operating activities 
was £48.0 million (2017: £48.8 million) 
and EPRA earnings were £53.5 million 
(2017: £51.5 million). Of this, £28.1 million 
(2017: £25.9 million) will be distributed to 
shareholders, with the balance available 
to reinvest in the business, together with 
proceeds of disposals. The results of such 
reinvestment are evident in the growth in 
EPRA NAV of 144% in the past five years.

In 2018, we continued to reduce our cost of 
debt, which reached its lowest ever year end 
level of 2.43% (31 December 2017: 2.51%), 
mainly due to the early redemption of our 
£65 million 5.5% unsecured bonds due 2019. 
Our financing is largely insulated from any 
economic downturn; 79% of our debt is now 
at fixed rates and for an average duration of 
3.8 years.

A CULTURE BUILT 
ON RELEVANCE AND 
SUSTAINABILITY
Office occupation is changing, with 
customer requirements and, arguably 
even more so, employees’ preferences 
becoming more demanding. This is a trend 
which is likely to continue, and one which 
we embrace and encourage. We work 
closely with our customers to ensure 
the space which we provide is to their 
needs and specifications, whilst fitting to 
a cost-conscious mindset. Likewise, we 
listen to our employees and design their 
work experience accordingly. In 2018 we 
relocated into new offices owned by the 
Group in London and Hamburg so that 

Valuation uplift

3.7%

Vacancy rate

3.8%

Contracted rent

+5.6%

RESULTS
EPRA earnings of 13.1 pence (2017: 12.6 
pence) reflected a strengthening of the 
underlying business, with EPRA operating 
profit growing by £3.1 million, and I look 
forward to further growth in underlying 
earnings from our strategy to reposition 
the portfolio towards more growth 
opportunities. Profit before tax from 
continuing operations of £144.9 million 
(2017: £190.5 million) did not have a 
one-off significant capital profit such as 
from the sale of Vauxhall Square last 
year, but did have a gain on revaluation of 
equities of £22.2 million which is shown 
in the income statement this year for the 
first time under a change in accounting 
standards. It was also driven by the uplift 
in the fair value of the property portfolio of 
£62.8 million (2017: £94.2 million) and the 
profit on sale of properties of £2.3 million 
(2017: £43.7 million).

14  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

now all of our offices are in newly-built or 
refurbished premises which incorporate 
recommendations and suggestions from 
our latest employee survey, and represent 
best practice in office accommodation.

We have a rolling programme to make our 
buildings more sustainable, and we work 
closely with tenants to ensure the best 
standards of recycling and environmental 
welfare are followed. Full details of our 
work on sustainability is set out in the 
corporate, social and environmental 
responsibility report on page 30.

THE FUTURE
The Group continues to benefit from its 
geographical diversification with both 
Germany and France likely to offset future 
challenges in the UK from Brexit. However, 
despite recent uncertainty, our UK portfolio 
continues to deliver a resilient performance 
due to its lower exposure to the prime 
locations which are likely to be more 
affected by Brexit. We are strong believers 
in the long-term prospects for Greater 
London, and with increased infrastructure 
spending and clarity on Brexit, we believe 
the current market sentiment will turn to 
a more balanced view. Economic growth 
has slowed globally but the resilience of the 
German economy and the lack of new office 
space supply in both Germany and France 
are creating good opportunities over time.

At 31 December 2018, the United Kingdom 
accounted for 51% of the portfolio, Germany 
33% and France 16%. Our investment 
strategy remains geographically flexible 
and based on the characteristics of 
individual assets. We will continue to 
investigate opportunities in each of our 
three core countries, and to dispose of 
properties with limited potential and 
reinvest the proceeds in better prospects. 
2018 was a year of uncertainty from which 
we were able to prosper, and with the 
existing pipeline of new opportunities, we 
face the future with confidence. 

Fredrik Widlund
Chief Executive

Strategic reportOur investor proposition

Cash and  
capital returns

A pan‑European strategy

PAN-EUROPEAN FOCUSED
We are a pan-European property company 
which offers geographical diversity. 
We have a history of delivering strong 
financial and operational results, and a well-
regarded strategy that continues to deliver 
sustainable returns to shareholders.

DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company expects to generate sufficient 
cash flow to be able to meet the growth 
requirements of the business, maintain an 
appropriate level of debt and provide cash 
returns to shareholders via a dividend. 

It is our policy to pay a progressive 
dividend fully covered by EPRA earnings. 
Approximately one-third of the annual 
dividend is paid as an interim in 
September, with the balance paid as a 
final dividend in April.

CAPITAL MARKETS DAY
We will be holding a Capital Markets Day 
in Hamburg, Germany on 4 April 2019, at 
which our local team will highlight how 
we intend to deliver further value from 
our German portfolio.

ANALYST COVERAGE
We are covered by four brokers which 
publish regular analyst research: Liberum 
Capital, Whitman Howard, Peel Hunt and 
Berenberg. Contact details can be found 
on our website www.clsholdings.com.

INVESTOR ENGAGEMENT
March 2019  
Annual Results presentation; 
Annual Results Roadshows: London 
and Edinburgh

April 2019  
Annual General Meeting; Capital Markets 
Day (Hamburg)

August 2019  
Half-year presentation

August/September 2019  
Half-year results roadshows: London 
and Edinburgh

TOTAL RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS 2008–2018 (bps)

DISTRIBUTIONS
(£m)

28.1

25.9

23.5

19.1

15.9

13.4

10.4

19.1

17.5

16.3

5.5

5.7

7.2

8.4

9.0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Interim
Final

EPRA NAV 
(pence)

245.6

208.3

177.4

309.8

285.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

TOP 10 SHAREHOLDERS 

(%)

1.  The Sten and Karin 

Mortstedt Family and 
Charity Trust

51.4

2.  Fidelity Worldwide 

Investment
 9.6
3.  Bengt Mortstedt
 6.5
4.  Bank of Montreal
6.1
5.  Invesco
 5.0
6.  Schroders
2.5
1.7
7.  AXA
8.  Janus Henderson Group 1.2
1.0
9.  JP Morgan Chase & Co
0.9
10. NW Brown Group

1,000

800

600

400

200

0
31 Dec 
08

31 Dec 
09

31 Dec 
10

31 Dec 
11

31 Dec 
12

31 Dec 
13

31 Dec 
14

31 Dec 
15

31 Dec 
16

31 Dec 
17

31 Dec 
18

  CLS Holdings

  FTSE ALL SHARE

  FTSE 350

  FTSE RE SS

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  15

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
 
 
Key Performance Indicators

Measuring the 
tangible performance 
of our strategy

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER 
RETURN – ABSOLUTE (%)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER 
RETURN – RELATIVE (%)

TOTAL ACCOUNTING 
RETURN (%)

67.1

19.0

10.9

2014

2015

(16.0)
2016

(12.3)

2017

2018

DEFINITION
The annual growth in capital in 
purchasing a share in CLS, assuming 
dividends are reinvested in the shares 
when paid.1

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO CLS
This KPI measures the increase in the 
wealth of a CLS shareholder over 
the year.

OUR TARGET FOR 2018
In 2018, our target Total Shareholder 
Return (absolute) was between 12% 
and 16%.

PROGRESS
In 2018, the Total Shareholder Return 
of -12.3% reflected the fall in the share 
price in the year, particularly in the 
final quarter when the share prices 
of most of the FTSE 350 Real Estate 
Super Sector fell, which was reflected 
in the average of the sector recording 
a TSR of -14.4%.

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

39.4

17.4

16.3

18.8

10.8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

TSR Absolute
FTSE RE index

DEFINITION
The annual growth in capital in 
purchasing a share in CLS, assuming 
dividends are reinvested in the shares 
when paid, compared to the TSR of the 
other 25 companies in the FTSE 350 
Real Estate Super Sector Index.

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO CLS
This KPI measures the increase in the 
wealth of a CLS shareholder over the 
year, against the increase in the wealth 
of the shareholders of a peer group 
of companies.

OUR TARGET FOR 2018
In 2018, our target Total Shareholder 
Return (relative) was between the 
median and upper quartile.

PROGRESS
In 2018, the TSR was -12.3%, making 
CLS the 15th ranked share of the FTSE 
350 Real Estate Super Sector Index of 
26 companies.

DEFINITION
The aggregate of the change in 
EPRA NAV plus dividends paid, as 
a percentage of the opening EPRA 
NAV, which is also known as Total 
Accounting Return.

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO CLS
This KPI measures the increase in 
EPRA net assets per share of the 
Company before the payment of 
dividends, and so represents the value 
added to the Company in the year.

OUR TARGET FOR 2018
In 2018, our target Total Accounting 
Return was between 6% and 9%.

PROGRESS
In 2018, the Total Accounting Return 
was 10.8%.

1  For the purposes of calculating this KPI for executive remuneration, the market price is calculated as the average closing share price in December, not the closing share 

price at the end of December, to avoid bonuses being paid based on distorting fluctuations around the year end.

16  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportKey Performance Indicators

Measuring the 

tangible performance 

of our strategy

STRATEGY

We acquire  
the right  
properties…

…we secure  
the right  
finance...

…we deliver value 
through active 
management and 
cost control

For more information on our 
strategy see pages 10-11

VACANCY RATE (%) 

5.8

3.8

3.0

3.1

2.9

ADMINISTRATION  
COST RATIO (%)

15.7

15.9

16.0

14.9

14.2

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

DEFINITION
The ERV of vacant lettable space, 
divided by the aggregate of the 
contracted rent of let space and 
the ERV of vacant lettable space.

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO CLS
This KPI measures the potential rental 
income of unlet space and, therefore, 
the cash flow which the Company 
would seek to capture.

OUR TARGET FOR 2018
We target a vacancy rate of between 
3% and 5%; if the rate exceeds 5%, 
other than through recent acquisitions, 
we may be setting our rental 
aspirations too high above the current 
market; if it is below 3% we may be 
letting space too cheaply.

PROGRESS
At 31 December 2018, the vacancy rate 
was 3.8%, or 4.0% on a like-for-like basis.

DEFINITION
The administration costs of 
the Group, excluding those of the 
Other Investments segment, divided by 
the net rental income of the Group.

WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT TO CLS
This KPI measures the administration 
cost of running the core property 
business by reference to the net rental 
income that it generates, and provides 
a direct comparative to most of our 
peer group.

OUR TARGET FOR 2018
In 2018, our target administration cost 
ratio was between 16.5% and 14.5%.

PROGRESS
In 2018, the administration cost ratio 
was 16.0% (see note 5).

OTHER PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

In addition to the key performance 
indicators of the Group, which are all tied 
to executive remuneration, the Group 
also has other performance indicators 
by which it measures its progress, and 
these include:

 — Cost of debt – we seek to maintain 

a cost of debt at least 200 bps below the 
Group’s net initial yield. At 31 December 
2018, the cost of debt (2.43%) was 307 
bps below the net initial yield (5.5%).
 — Sustainability – we seek to minimise 
our impact on the environment by 
targeting a 5% reduction in carbon 
emissions each year in our like-for-
like managed portfolio. In 2018, we 
achieved a 15.9% reduction (2017: 9.3%).
 — Customer retention – through our active 
asset management we seek to retain 
more than 50% of our tenants by value. 
In 2018, 52% of our leasing transactions 
were lease renewals (2017: 66%).
 — Health & Safety – we work hard to 

ensure that the health and safety of 
our employees, customers, advisors, 
contractors and the general public is 
not compromised and pride ourselves 
on remaining below the UK National 
Accident Frequency rate. For 2018, 
the national rate was 930 per 100,000 
people; CLS’s was 124. This rate is 
calculated by dividing the number 
of accidents reported in the year 
by the number of people occupying 
our buildings.

Link to Remuneration 
All of the Group’s Key Performance Indicators are 
linked to executive remuneration, see page 61.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  17

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Principal risks and uncertainties

Risks spread  
through diversity

RISK

Underperformance  
of investment  
portfolio due to: 

 — Cyclical downturn in 
property market 

 — Changes in supply 
of space and/or 
occupier demand

 — Downturn in market 
due to increase 
in yields

 — Poor 

asset management 

Property  
investment

Sustainability

Increasing 
building regulation 
and obsolescence 

Increasing energy 
costs and regulation 

AREAS 
OF IMPACT

Cash flow  
Profitability  
Net asset value  
Banking covenants

Rental income  
Cash flow  
Vacancy rate  
Void running costs  
Property values  
Net asset value 

Cash flow  
Profitability  
Net asset value  
Banking covenants

Rental income  
Cash flow  
Vacancy rate  
Void running costs  
Property values  
Net asset value 

Rental income  
Cash flow  
Vacancy rate  
Net asset value  
Profitability  
Liquid resources 

Net asset value  
Profitability  
Liquid resources 

CHANGE IN 
RISK IN YEAR  
(PRE-MITIGATION) MITIGATION

Increased

Increased

Increased

Unchanged

Unchanged

Geographically-diversified portfolio with 49% 
of the Group’s properties being outside the UK, 
in two of the most stable economies in Europe.

43% of UK income is derived from Government 
tenants. Minimal exposure to the type of 
tenant who may want to relocate from the 
UK to elsewhere in Europe. In-house asset 
management enables management to 
highlight and address tenant needs. 

Geographically-diversified portfolio with 49% 
of the Group’s properties being outside the UK, 
in two of the most stable economies in Europe.

Asset management is not outsourced, 
property teams proactively manage 
customers to ensure changing needs are met, 
and review the status of all properties weekly. 
Written reports are submitted monthly to 
senior management on, inter alia, vacancies, 
lease expiry profiles and progress on 
rent reviews. 

Continual assessment of all properties against 
emerging regulatory changes. 

Fit-out and refurbishment projects 
benchmarked against third-party schemes. 

Unchanged

Investment in energy efficient plant and 
building-mounted renewable energy systems

18  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportRISK

AREAS 
OF IMPACT

CHANGE IN 
RISK IN YEAR  
(PRE-MITIGATION) MITIGATION

Unavailability 
of financing at 
acceptable prices

Cost of borrowing  
Ability to invest 
or develop 

Unchanged

Adverse interest 
rate movements 

Cost of borrowing  
Cost of hedging 

Increased

Breach of 
borrowing covenants

Cost of borrowing

Increased

Funding

Foreign 
currency exposure

Net asset value  
Profitability 

Reduced

Financial 
counterparty 
credit risk

Increased

Loss of deposits  
Cost of 
rearranging facilities  
Incremental cost 
of borrowing 

Impact of UK exit  
from the EU

Political and 
economic

Net asset value  
Profitability  
Availability of funding 

Increased

Failure to recruit 
suitable staff to 
accommodate 
investment expansion

Failure to recruit, 
develop and retain 
staff and key 
executives with  
the right skills

Large scale terrorist 
or cyber attack, 
environmental 
disaster or 
power shortage

People

Catastrophic  
event

Rental income  
Cash flow  
Vacancy rate  
Void running costs  
Property values  
Net asset value

Profitability 
Net asset value

Increased

Unchanged

Profitability 
Net asset value

Increased

The Group has a dedicated treasury team and 
relationships are maintained with some 26 
lenders, thus reducing credit and liquidity risk. 
The exposure on refinancing debt is mitigated 
by the lack of concentration in maturities. 

79% of borrowings are at fixed rates and 3% 
are subject to interest rate caps.

Borrowing agreements contain cure clauses  
to rectify LTV breaches through part 
repayment of the loan or the depositing 
of cash.

Property investments are partially funded in 
matching currency. The difference between 
the value of the property and the amount of 
financing is generally unhedged and  
monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Group has a dedicated treasury team 
and relationships are maintained with 26 
lenders, thus reducing credit and liquidity risk. 
The exposure on refinancing debt is mitigated 
by the lack of concentration in maturities.

43% of rents in the UK are derived from 
central government departments. On a macro 
level, the Group operates in the three largest 
and most stable economies in Europe.

Staffing levels and recruitment are addressed 
as part of investment decisions.

The semi-annual appraisal process assesses 
capabilities and generates training plans. 
Staff turnover and engagement is monitored 
across the Group. Succession planning is in 
place for all senior management roles.

Business continuity and crisis management 
plans are in place. Cyber penetration testing is 
carried out periodically.

The following is no longer considered one of the principal risks and uncertainties by the Board:

Other Investments with the corporate bond portfolio having been reduced to £30 million and likely to fall further as more 

bonds are sold to finance property acquisitions.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  19

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Business review: United Kingdom

Repositioning for  
long-term income growth

Aberdeen 

Dundee 

Edinburgh 

Chester 
Birkenhead 

Salford 

Billingham 

Redcar 
Bradford 

Rotherham 

Wolverhampton 
Birmingham 
Norwich 
Northampton 
Basildon 
London 
Southampton 

Chippenham 

Bridgewater 

Cardiff 

Plymouth 

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)
(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)
(1)

(1)

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(47)
(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Value of investment 
properties

£954.1m

Lettable space

2.6m sq ft

Number of tenants

214

Percentage of Group’s 
property interests

51%

Vacancy rate

4.0%

Government and 
major corporates

68.3%

Value of investment 
properties in London

£877.2m

20  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportLeatherheadReigateCoulsdonSidcupUxbridgeHarrowMaidenheadStainesHayesNew MaldenCENTRAL LONDONBracknellTeddingtonWallingtonBromleyBusiness review: United Kingdom

Repositioning for  

long-term income growth

Aberdeen 

Dundee 

Edinburgh 

Chester 

Birkenhead 

Salford 

Billingham 

Redcar 

Bradford 

Rotherham 

Wolverhampton 

Birmingham 

Norwich 

Northampton 

Basildon 

London 

Southampton 

Chippenham 

Bridgewater 

Cardiff 

Plymouth 

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(47)

Harman 
House, 
Uxbridge

Acquired

2018

9-storey office building

129,060 sq ft

Location

1 George St, 
Uxbridge

Acquired for £51.4 million at a net 

initial yield of 6.9% and an estimated 

reversionary yield of 7.8%, Harman 

House is a multi-let office property 

accommodating ten tenants and is 

adjacent to Uxbridge Underground 

station in the town centre. It was 

extensively refurbished in 2014, 

and has potential for management 

initiatives to capture value through 

rental potential.

houses the Group’s headquarters and 
nine student apartments.

In January, we secured a resolution 
to grant planning permission for a 
new 10-storey residential and office 
development at Quayside Lodge, Fulham 
SW6 to replace a 30,000 sq ft office 
building. The 160,000 sq ft (14,865 sqm) 
development will provide 11,500 sq ft 
of office space, 110 residential units, of 
which 35% will be affordable, 200 cycle 
spaces and electric car charging points.

VALUATION
The UK portfolio was revalued upwards 
by 0.5% in the year. Like-for-like 
contracted rents rose by 2.8%, dampened 
by the Secretary of State renewals in 
March, whilst like-for like ERVs fell by 
0.6%. The yield in the UK was unchanged 
at 5.6%. 

UK OVERVIEW
The UK economic outlook continues to 
be dominated by uncertainty over Brexit, 
but the office investment markets have 
shown resilience. In 2018, the investment 
market experienced its second 
largest level of activity in ten years, 
and occupational markets have been 
noticeable for their pragmatism, with 
landlords focusing more on occupancy 
than rental growth. Any forecasting is 
very difficult in the current environment 
for obvious reasons but with the delivery 
of large infrastructure projects and solid 
fundamentals for non-prime offices, we 
believe the current market sentiment, 
especially in Greater London, will continue 
to offer an attractive investment case.

ACQUISITIONS
Our UK acquisition activity in 2018 
focused on London properties with strong 
potential. In March, we acquired Harman 
House, Uxbridge for £51.4 million, 
representing a net initial yield of 6.9%. 
This 129,060 sq ft (11,990 sqm) multi-let 
office building, which was extensively 
refurbished in 2014, is fully-let to 10 
tenants on an average unexpired lease 
term of 7.9 years and has a reversionary 
rent profile with an estimated yield 
of 7.8%. In April, we bought 401 King 
Street, Hammersmith for £16.1 million. 
This 24,566 sq ft (2,282 sqm) office 
is expected to generate 5.9% when 
all leases revert to market rents, and 
significantly more after a refurbishment 
planned for the third floor.

DISPOSALS
In 2018 we continued to reposition the UK 
portfolio with the sale of eight properties 
for an aggregate £38.6 million at 5.2% 
above their values at 31 December 2017. 
Seven, in Chertsey, Datchet, Plymouth, 
St Asaph, Birmingham and two in 
Peterborough, were in line with our policy 
of disposing of properties which were too 
small to have a meaningful impact on the 
Group, and the eighth, Buspace in Notting 
Hill, which was sold for £13.5 million, 
was low yielding and had limited 
office potential.

ASSET MANAGEMENT
The vacancy rate in the UK fell to 4.0% 
at 31 December 2018 (2017: 5.5%) 
predominantly because we let or 
renewed leases on 201,759 sq ft (18,744 
sqm) whilst only 171,598 sq ft (15,942 
sqm) of space either expired or became 
vacant. Excluding those arising from 
contractual indexation uplifts, 56 rent 
reviews, lease extensions and new leases 
added £5.7 million of rent, at 2.1% above 
ERVs from 31 December 2017. On a 
like-for-like basis, ERVs fell marginally 
in the UK, mainly in London, but the 
portfolio remained 3.8% net reversionary, 
including 5.1% in London.

DEVELOPMENTS
In the summer, we completed the 
development of 16 Tinworth Street, SE11, 
an £8.6 million, 7-storey development 
of 9,181 sq ft (853 sqm) of office and 
residential accommodation, which now 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  21

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Business review: Germany

Actively  
looking  
to invest in  
larger cities

Value of investment 
properties

£629.4m

Lettable space

3.2m sq ft

Number of tenants

314

Percentage of Group’s 
property interests

33%

Vacancy rate

4.2%

Government and 
major corporates

40.8%

22  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Hamburg 

(10)

Berlin 

Dortmund 

Bochum 

Dusseldorf 

Wiesbaden 

Stuttgart 

Munich 

Freiburg 

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(1)

(3)

(7)

(1)

Strategic reportHarburgHafencityStellingenBahrenfeldSt PauliBarmbekWandsbekFlughafen HamburgCity SudAltonaFeldkirchenUnterföhringNeuperlachLochamGermeringMartinsriedAldstatRudesheimerStrasseFlughafen MünchenBusiness review: Germany

Actively  

looking  

to invest in  

larger cities

Metropolis 
Portfolio

Acquired

2017

Portfolio

12 Assets

Locations

8 Cities

We spent £140.1 million on 12 

properties, which generated net 

annual rent of £8.9 million and a net 
initial yield of 6.3%, with 11% of the 

space vacant. Our plan was to sell the 

two smallest properties and reduce 

the vacancies of the rest. In 2018, we 

sold Marler Stern for £1.3 million and 

exchanged contracts to sell Witten 

in 2019 for £3.5 million. We have 

let 149,236 sq ft and the vacancy 

rate has been reduced to 8.4% at 

31 December 2018.

and new leases added £7.2 million of rent, 
at 2.3% above ERVs from 31 December 
2017. On a like-for-like basis, ERVs rose 
by 5.0% in the year, and at 31 December 
2018, the German portfolio was 5.8% 
net reversionary.

DEVELOPMENTS
In addition to planned capital expenditure 
of £5 million per annum, we are 
examining the development potential at 
Vor Dem Lauch 14 in Stuttgart, acquired 
with the Metropolis portfolio in 2017.

VALUATION
The German portfolio rose by a valuation 
uplift of 9.3% in local currency, driven by 
a 4.7% increase in like-for-like contracted 
rent and a 5.0% increase in like-for-like 
ERVs. Vacancies fell from 7.1% to 4.2%, 
and the net initial yield was unchanged at 
5.4%. 

GERMANY OVERVIEW
The growth of the German economy 
slowed in the second half of 2018 from 
the impact on German exports of a global 
slowdown. Notwithstanding the overall 
economic position, unemployment is 
expected to remain below 5% and there 
is a shortage of skilled labour in many 
industries. The property investment 
market in Germany recorded its highest 
ever annual volume of transactions in 
2018. Vacancy levels for offices in the 
big seven cities have been at record low 
levels, and a limited supply of new offices 
drove rental growth and capital growth 
in 2018. The supply of the office market 
is unlikely to increase materially in the 
near-term with over half of offices under 
construction having been pre-let.

ACQUISITIONS
Following the very successful acquisition 
programme of £187.7 million in 2017, 
we continued actively to pursue further 
asset purchases in Germany in 2018. 
We submitted offers on over £500 million 
of investment opportunities, but we 
were not prepared to compromise our 
process of due diligence, nor to overpay 
for investments, and in the event we did 
not acquire any properties in Germany 
in the year. The German market, and the 
German economy, remain attractive to us, 
we continue to see good value in selective 
opportunities, and we expect to invest 
further in Germany in 2019.

DISPOSALS
We continued to apply our disposal 
criteria to the existing portfolio and sold 
two properties in Germany in the year, 
one a fully let building on which the risk/
reward was unfavourably balanced, and 
the other one of two small properties 
earmarked for sale at the time they were 
acquired within the Metropolis portfolio 
in 2017.

Merkurring 33/35 in Hamburg was sold 
for £6.2 million. The property, which 
comprised 60,321 sq ft (5,604 sqm) of 
industrial and office space, was peripheral 
to the Group’s activities, and relied too 
heavily on its main tenant. Within the 
Metropolis portfolio of 12 properties 
acquired in 2017, Marler Stern was a 5% 
interest in a shopping centre, and was 
sold at its book value of £1.3 million.

In December we exchanged contracts 
to sell the second small property from 
the Metropolis portfolio, Marktstrasse 2, 
Witten for £3.5 million.

ASSET MANAGEMENT
The vacancy rate in Germany fell to 
4.2% at 31 December 2018 (2017: 7.1%) 
predominantly because whilst 271,220 
sq ft (25,197 sqm) of space either expired 
or became vacant, we let or renewed 
leases on 329,199 sq ft (30,584 sqm). 
Excluding those arising from contractual 
indexation uplifts, 64 lease extensions 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  23

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Business review: France

Delivering  
value from  
existing  
assets

Value of investment 
properties

£308.1m

Lettable space

0.9m sq ft

Number of tenants

161

Percentage of Group’s 
property interests

16%

Vacancy rate

2.3%

Government and 
major corporates

49.4%

24  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Lille 

(2)    

Paris 

(15)

Lyon 

(5)

Strategic reportGennevilliersBoulogne-Billancourt9th Arr.PARISLa Garenne-ColombesCourbevoieLevallois-PerretAteliersVictoiresMalakoffMontrougeRueil-MalmaisonLa DéfenseVilleurbanneLa Part-DieuBrotteaux6th Arr.3rd Arr.Gare de LyonPart-DieuBusiness review: France

Delivering  

value from  

existing  

assets

Ateliers 
Victoires, 
Paris

Refurbished

2018

Office building

21,500 sq ft

Location

8 Rue Croix 
des Petits 
Champs

A prime office refurbishment in 

central Paris close to the Louvre. 

This boutique-style office building 

reached practical completion in 

2018 and was pre-let in its entirety 

to Epoka, a leading consultancy 

in corporate communications, HR 

and marketing.

VALUATION
The French portfolio valuation rose 
by 3.8% in local currency, of which 
the completed pre-let development of 
Ateliers Victoires accounted for two-
thirds; of the remainder, contracted rent 
on a like-for-like basis rose by 2.1%, and 
the net initial yield was unchanged at 
5.2%. 

Lille 

(2)    

Paris 

(15)

Lyon 

(5)

FRANCE OVERVIEW
Whilst the growth prospects of the 
French economy have suffered from 
the impact of street protests, consumer 
spending and political measures 
announced during 2018 are forecast to 
have a positive impact on growth in 2019. 
The office investment market in 2018 has 
been buoyant, across both Paris and the 
regions, and property yields outside Paris 
have fallen. The occupational market has 
remained strong, with a vacancy rate in 
the Greater Paris area around 5%, in part 
reflecting historically low levels of supply 
and high numbers of pre-lettings for 
new schemes.

ACQUISITIONS
In December 2018 we exchanged 
contracts to acquire Les Reflets, 15 
Rue Jean Walter in Lille; completion is 
anticipated early in 2019. This four-year-
old multi-let office building comprises 
44,756 sq ft (4,158 sqm) of fully-let offices, 
and its cost of £10.2 million reflects a net 
initial yield of 6.6%. Our other acquisitions 
in France in 2018 were restricted to 
enhancing our existing portfolio, acquiring 
a further floor in a multi-owned building 
in Lyon and a car park in Paris.

DISPOSALS
In line with our policy of disposing of 
properties too small to have a meaningful 
impact on the Group, in December we 
sold 18 Rue Stephenson in Paris for 
£2.5 million, over 8% above its value at 
December 2017.

ASSET MANAGEMENT
The vacancy rate in France fell to 2.3% 
at 31 December 2018 (2017: 4.4%) 
mainly because we let or renewed 
leases on 110,578 sq ft (10,273 sqm), 
and lost only 69,782 sq ft (6,483 sqm) of 
space from expiries or new vacancies. 
Excluding those arising from contractual 
indexation uplifts, 44 rent reviews, 
lease extensions and new leases added 
£3.3 million of rent, at an average of 1.9% 
above ERVs of 31 December 2017. On a 
like-for-like basis there was no change 
in ERVs in the French portfolio over the 
12 months, and at the end of 2018 the 
portfolio was broadly rack-rented.

DEVELOPMENTS
Ateliers Victoires is a 21,500 sq ft 
(2,000 sqm) prime office refurbishment 
in central Paris close to the Louvre. 
This boutique-style office building has a 
rooftop garden terrace with panoramic 
views across the city and we pre-let the 
entire building to a single tenant prior to 
practical completion.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  25

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Chief Financial Officer’s review

A strong underlying 
business supported by a 
low cost of debt

John Whiteley, 
Chief Financial Officer

26  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

RESTATEMENT OF 
COMPARATIVES
In this annual report, the Group’s 58.02% 
interest in First Camp Sverige Holding 
AB has been disclosed as a discontinued 
operation for the first time (see note 
24), and all comparatives have been 
restated accordingly.

HEADLINES
Profit after tax from continuing 
operations and attributable to the 
owners of the Company of £132.8 million 
(2017: £157.0 million) generated basic 
earnings per share of 32.6 pence 
(2017: 38.5 pence) and EPRA earnings per 
share of 13.1 pence (2017: 12.6 pence). 
The loss after tax from discontinued 
operations and attributable to the 
owners of the Company of £8.5 million 
(2017: profit of £0.7 million) generated 
a basic loss per share of 2.1 pence 
(2017: earnings of 0.2 pence). EPRA net 
assets per share rose by 8.5% to 309.8 
pence (2017: 285.6 pence), and basic net 
assets per share by 9.3% to 275.5 pence 
(2017: 252.0 pence).

Approximately 51% of the Group’s 
business is conducted in the reporting 
currency of sterling and 49% in 
euros. Compared to last year, relative 
movements of sterling against the euro 
did not have a material impact on the 
Group’s results for the year or on its 
state of affairs: sterling’s average rate 
weakened against the euro by 1.0% and 
at 31 December 2018 sterling was 1.2% 
weaker against the euro than twelve 
months previously.

Strategic reportEXCHANGE RATES TO THE £
EUR

At 31 December 2016

2017 average rate

At 31 December 2017

2018 average rate

At 31 December 2018

1.1731

1.1416

1.1260

1.1304

1.1122

INCOME STATEMENT
In 2018, rental income of £103.0 million 
was £9.3 million higher than in 2017. 
Acquisitions added £11.4 million and a 
back-dated rent review at New Printing 
House Square a further £1.8 million, 
whilst disposals accounted for a fall of 
£4.6 million. Other general letting activity 
produced a like-for-like increase of 1% in 
rental income over last year’s.

Other property income of £6.9 million 
(2017: £8.3 million) included hotel revenue 
from Spring Mews of £4.4 million 
(2017: £4.4 million) and dilapidations and 
other one-off receipts of £2.5 million 
(2017: £3.9 million). In aggregate net rental 
income rose by 7.3% to £107.3 million 
(2017: £100.0 million).

We monitor the administration expenses 
incurred in running the property 
portfolio by reference to the net rental 
income derived from it, which we call 
the administration cost ratio, and this 
is a key performance indicator of the 
Group (see note 5 to the Group financial 
statements). Personnel costs account for 
70% of administration expenses, and in 
2018 we expanded the team in Germany 
to accommodate the recent increase 
in the German portfolio and further 
expansion still to come. Consequently, the 
administration cost ratio rose to 16.0% 
(2017: 14.2%), which was well within our 
KPI target for the year of 16.5%.

The net surplus on revaluation 
of investment properties of 
£62.8 million (2017: £94.2 million) 
reflected contributions from each 
country: in local currencies, Germany 
had the strongest year with a 9.3% rise in 
values, France rose by 3.8%, and the UK 
contributed 0.5%.

Our interest in Catena AB, an equity 
security listed in Stockholm, is carried 
in the balance sheet at its fair value. 

The weighted average cost of debt at 31 December 2018  
was 2.43%, 8 bps lower than 12 months earlier and the  
lowest in the Group’s history

EPRA eps

13.1p

(2017: 12.6p)

Cost of debt

2.43%(2017: 2.51%)

Interest cover

3.8x(2017: 3.9x)

Under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, the 
movement in its fair value is recognised 
in the income statement in 2018 for the 
first time. The Catena share price rose by 
39.7% in the year, generating a fair value 
gain of £22.2 million.

The profit on sale of properties of 
£2.3 million (2017: £43.7 million) 
represented a 5.3% excess of net 
proceeds over book values of the eleven 
properties sold in the year. The large 
profit in 2017 was predominantly 
£41.4 million on the disposal of 
Vauxhall Square.

Finance income of £6.1 million 
(2017: £10.0 million) comprised interest 
income of £4.2 million (2017: £4.4 million) 
from our corporate bond portfolio, 

MOVEMENT IN RENTAL INCOME 
(£m)

11.4

1.8

0.7

103.0

93.7

(4.6)

2017

Rental Inco m e

Acquisitions

Disposals

N e w Printing
H ouse Square

Other

Rental Inco m e

2018

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  27

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Chief Financial Officer’s review (continued)

MOVEMENT IN EPRA NAV 
(pence)

13.1

285.6

15.6

5.5

(1.3)

(6.5)

(2.2)

309.8

At 1 January

2018

E P R A E P S

FV m ove m ent
in properties

FV m ove m ent
in equities

Other

Dividends

Discontinued
operations

2018

At 31 D ece m ber

dividends from Catena of £1.7 million 
(2017: £1.4 million), other interest of 
£0.2 million (2017: £2.4 million), and 
foreign exchange variances of £nil 
(2017: £1.8 million).

Finance costs of £26.5 million 
(2017: £32.4 million) included a loss of 
£3.7 million (2017: £9.7 million) on the 
early redemption of £65 million 5.5% 
unsecured bonds due 2019, 17 months 
early, which reduced the average cost 
of borrowing by 21 bps. Excluding this, 
foreign exchange variances, gains on 
the fair value movements of derivative 
financial instruments and capitalised 
interest, interest costs were £24.5 million 
(2017: £26.1 million) reflecting a lower 
level of borrowings in the year at a lower 
average cost.

The tax charge of 8.4% was significantly 
below the weighted average rate of the 
countries in which we do business (19.5%), 
primarily due to two factors: first, a fall 
in the future rate of tax in France which 
has been applied to the deferred tax on 
the cumulative revaluation surplus of the 
French portfolio; and, secondly, the fair 
value gain of the equity investment in 
Catena, which was not subject to tax.

The loss from discontinued operations 
primarily reflected a write down of the 
net assets of First Camp to the expected 

proceeds. Of the loss of £14.9 million, 
£8.5 million was attributable to the 
owners of the Company. The disposal of 
our interest in First Camp has further 
rationalised the Group and has taken 
away the distortion which accounting for 
100% of the assets, liabilities and income 
statement line items of a non-core 
business in which the Group owned 58% 
had on our corporate metrics, such as 
interest cover and gearing.

property disposals of £40.9 million 
were redeployed in acquisitions of 
£70.9 million and capital expenditure of 
£15.8 million. Net repayments of debt 
were £45.9 million, and by 31 December 
2018, the Group’s cash balances had 
been reduced by £40.2 million to 
£100.3 million. These were supplemented 
by £30.3 million of corporate bonds and 
undrawn bank facilities of £63.2 million, of 
which £37.7 million was committed.

Overall, EPRA earnings were 4.0% 
higher than last year at £53.5 million 
(2017: £51.5 million), and generated 
EPRA earnings per share of 13.1 pence 
(2017: 12.6 pence).

EPRA NET ASSET VALUE
At 31 December 2018, EPRA net assets 
per share were 309.8 pence (2017: 285.6 
pence), a rise of 8.5%, or 24.2 pence per 
share. The main reasons for the increase 
were EPRA earnings per share of 13.1 
pence and the benefit of the uplift in the 
valuation of the investment property 
portfolio of 15.6 pence, less dividends of 
6.5 pence per share.

CASH FLOW, NET DEBT 
AND GEARING
Net cash flow from operating activities 
generated £48.0 million, of which 
£26.5 million was distributed as 
dividends. Proceeds after tax from 

Gross debt fell by £34.4 million to 
£842.3 million, notwithstanding a rise 
of £4.8 million due to foreign exchange 
rate movements. £158.6 million were 
repaid in the year and £137.7 million of 
new or replacement loans were taken 
out. At 31 December 2018, the weighted 
average unexpired term of the Group’s 
debt was 3.5 years (2017: 3.6 years).

Balance sheet loan-to-value (net debt to 
property assets) at 31 December 2018 
was 36.7% (2017: 36.9%) and the value of 
properties not secured against debt rose 
to £283.6 million (2017: £246.7 million).

The weighted average cost of debt at 
31 December 2018 was 2.43%, 8 bps 
lower than 12 months earlier and the 
lowest year end rate in the Group’s 
history. The early redemption of the 
unsecured bonds accounted for 21 bps 

28  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportMOVEMENT IN LIQUID RESOURCES
(£m)

206.0

140.5

65.5

At 1 January

2018

40.9

22.8

48.0

(26.5)

(70.9)

(15.8)

(68.7)

(5.2)

130.6

100.3

30.3

Fro m operations

Dividends

Sales

Other net
ne w loans

Acquisitions

Capex

Retail bond
redee m ed

Other

2018

At 31 D ece m ber

Cash

Corporate Bonds

of that fall, net new bank loans increased 
the average cost by 4 bps, and margin 
step-ups and an increase in LIBOR added 
9 bps. In 2018, our low cost of debt led 
to recurring interest cover of 3.8 times 
(2017: 3.9 times).

FINANCING STRATEGY
The Group’s strategy is to hold its 
investment properties predominantly 
in single-purpose vehicles financed 
primarily by non-recourse bank debt 
in the currency used to purchase the 
asset. In this way credit and liquidity risk 
can most easily be managed, around 
49 % of the Group’s exposure to foreign 
currency is naturally hedged, and the 
most efficient use can be made of the 
Group’s assets. An exception is where 
a portfolio is acquired, such as the 
Metropolis properties in 2017, and is 
financed by a single loan. At 31 December 
2018, the Group had 50 loans across the 
portfolio from 26 lenders, plus some 
secured notes.

To the extent that Group borrowings are 
not at fixed rates, the Group’s exposure to 
interest rate risk is mitigated by financial 
derivatives, mainly interest rate swaps. 
In the recent medium-term low interest 
rate environment, the Board chose to 
take advantage of the conditions, fixing 

most of the medium-term debt taken 
out during the year. In 2018, the Group 
financed or refinanced 10 loans to a 
value of £137.7 million for a weighted 
average duration of 5.8 years and at a 
weighted average all-in rate of 2.16%, 
and of these £92.0 million were fixed at 
a weighted average all-in rate of 2.20%. 
Consequently, at 31 December 2018, 79% 
of the Group’s borrowings were at fixed 
rates or subject to interest rate swaps, 
3% were subject to caps and 18% of debt 
costs were unhedged; the fixed rate debt 
had a weighted average maturity of 3.8 
years, and the floating rate 2.2 years.

The Group’s financial derivatives – 
predominantly interest rate swaps – are 
marked to market at each balance 
sheet date. At 31 December 2018 
they represented a net liability of only 
£5.1 million (2017: £6.2 million).

DISTRIBUTIONS TO 
SHAREHOLDERS
In April 2018, a final dividend for 2017 of 
4.3 pence per share was paid totalling 
£17.5 million. In September, an interim 
dividend for 2018 of 2.2 pence per share 
was paid at a cost of £9.0 million. The final 
dividend for 2018 is proposed to be 4.7 
pence per share, totalling £19.1 million. 
This represents a full year distribution of 

HISTORY OF AVERAGE 
COST OF DEBT
(%)

3.64

3.40

2.91

2.51

2.43

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

6.9 pence per share, an increase of  
8.7% over the prior year, and which  
was covered 1.9 times by EPRA earnings 
per share. 

John Whiteley
Chief Financial Officer

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  29

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Corporate, social and environmental responsibility

Managing our business 
with sustainability 
in mind

2018 HIGHLIGHTS

15.9%(2017: 9.3%)

71%

43

REDUCTION IN CARBON EMISSIONS
Further reduction in carbon emissions  
across our like-for-like managed portfolio

RECYCLING
Proportion of recycling across  
all UK-managed assets.

100%

100%

SUSTAINABILITY AWARENESS
All CLS staff completed sustainability 
awareness training to support the 
business strategy

EPC
All UK properties fully compliant  
with Energy Performance 
Certificate regulation.

CSR EVENTS
The number of corporate, social and 
environmental responsibility events which  
took place across the Group.

546,800 kWh

(2017: 490,400 kWh)
RENEWABLE AND LOW- 
CARBON GENERATION
Total on-site renewable and  
low-carbon electricity generation  
(3% of electricity usage).

96%

RENEWABLE ENERGY
Virtually all electricity procured 
from energy markets comes from a 
renewable, low carbon and natural 
renewable certified source.

95%(2017: 90%)

COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
The percentage of our staff who gave 
at least one working day to support local 
communities and charities.

CORPORATE OBJECTIVE PERFORMANCE AGAINST TARGETS
Objectives

2018 Achievement

Reduce carbon emissions by 5%, year-on-year in the like-for-like managed portfolio

Achieved

Recycle at least 70% of all UK waste collected from the managed like-for-like portfolio

Achieved

Install smart metering across all major assets in Germany

Ensure all investment properties maintain an EPC rating of D or greater

Ensure the majority of employees participate in a community event in 2018

Promote health and wellbeing across our staff and tenants

Ongoing

Achieved 

Achieved

Achieved

Generate 2.5% of the Group’s managed like-for-like electricity usage from renewable 
and low-carbon sources by 2020

Above target: 3%

30  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportEMPLOYEES
CULTURE
Our culture is entrepreneurial, professional, 
open and friendly. We have employees 
from 19 countries, which helps to foster a 
diverse, cosmopolitan environment with 
integrity and responsibility at the heart 
of our business. We have fewer than 
100 employees looking after a property 
portfolio of £1.9 billion, and we recognise 
their importance to our success. Therefore, 
we ensure that we consult regularly with 
our employees through various channels 
to understand their needs and ensure 
our culture evolves with the business and 
modern working practices.

RECRUITMENT
Finding the right people is important to our 
long-term success. We believe having a 
diverse workforce is a source of competitive 
advantage. Therefore, we have developed 
policies and procedures which ensure 
our commitment to equal opportunity and 
diversity in employment. Our recruitment 
and interview policy follows this 
commitment and we ensure that it is fully 
understood by those recruiting. We seek 
to ensure that no employee or applicant 
is treated less favourably on the grounds 
of gender, marital status, race, colour, 
nationality, ethnicity, religion, disability or 
sexual orientation, nor is disadvantaged by 
conditions or requirements, including age 
limits, which cannot be justified objectively. 
Entry into, and progression within, the 
Group is solely determined by the job 
criteria, personal aptitude and competence.

Our recruitment and interview policy 
follows best practice in the employment 
of people with disabilities. Full and fair 
consideration is given to every application 
for employment from disabled people 
whose aptitude and skills can be used in the 
business, and to their training and career 
development. This includes, wherever 
possible, the retraining and retention of 
staff who become disabled during their 
employment. We are proud that we have 
been able to attract, motivate and retain 
high calibre employees, which, in turn, has 
benefited the performance of the Group.

OUR STRATEGY
CLS Holdings operates in some of 
the most densely populated office 
urban landscapes in Western Europe. 
Faced with the challenges of growing 
urban populations and climate change, 
the case for improving the sustainability 
and resilience of our assets is clear.

Back in 2011, we set out six pledges 
(the Green Charter) to ensure that our 
business operations were managed and 
delivered sustainably and responsibly. 
Eight years on, sustainability is now an 
integral part of our business, and it is 
not purely related to the environment. 
Social aspects of sustainability are 
now key to our continued prosperity. 
Our strategy has evolved from our 
original approach and has been 
developed in accordance with Global 
Real Estate Sustainability Benchmarks 
(GRESB), taking account of the 
Sustainable Development Goals  
(SDGs) and aligning with the Task  
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD).

OUR APPROACH 
We strive to create a better environment 
and better opportunities for all our 
stakeholders. By actively managing our 
properties in-house we cultivate strong 
relationships with our tenants enabling 
us to influence and effect the positive 
changes that are vital in delivering a 
sustainable future. 

Our approach is underpinned by our 
four pillars concept: People, Property, 
Planet and Profit. Each pillar is vital to our 
sustainable future. We adopt a closed-
loop management of each pillar through 
our commit-measure-do-review process 
that is detailed in our sustainability report 
which is available on our website.

To ensure we are acting on our pledges, 
we have aligned them to the key pillars 
within our sustainability strategy. 
This allows us to link directly every 
activity within the business to a single 
pledge and to report to the Board on 
our progress.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  31

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Corporate, social and environmental responsibility (continued)

TRAINING AND 
DEVELOPMENT

151days of training completed

£95,000

spent on training

£1,032

average spend per employee

1.5days spent training 

per employee

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
All employees are actively encouraged to 
undertake training to achieve professional 
qualifications and to keep up to date 
with developments in their specialised 
areas. We ensure that those with direct 
reports undertake management training 
on areas such diversity, appraisals and 
performance. We also promote non-core 
training, such as foreign language skills, 
which, whilst not central to a particular 
role, will allow employees to broaden 
their skills base. As part of our knowledge 
sharing and personal development policy, 
we have set up internal workshops in 
which teams present on their specific 
role within the organisation, thereby 
developing employees’ wider business 
knowledge and understanding of how 
the Group’s activities inter-relate. We also 
encourage all members of staff to 
consider areas of wider professional 
development that may be of interest to 
other teams, such as changes to planning 
laws or data protection legislation and we 
organise seminars with the assistance of 
our network of external advisers.

ENGAGEMENT AND WELLBEING
We promote all aspects of employee 
engagement and promote an “open door” 
policy; we encourage all employees 
to share ideas and to get involved in 
challenging and developing our policies 
and practices. With a predominantly flat 
management structure we are able to 
ensure that all employees are informed of 
matters concerning their interests and the 
financial and economic factors affecting 
the business. In addition to the weekly 
team meetings that are held across the 
Group, our executive directors present 
our annual and half-yearly results to all 
employees, which is followed by a question 
and answer session. This is designed to 
give everyone an understanding of the 
business, and how their work contributes 
to the Group’s performance.

We want to make sure everyone works 
towards the same goal. Every 12 months 
we undertake a performance review of 
each employee, setting their objectives for 

the forthcoming year and this is followed 
up by a six-monthly review. The individual 
objectives reflect the Group objectives 
set by the Chief Executive Officer, which 
in turn are based on the Group’s Key 
Performance Indicators and sustainability 
targets contained in this report on 
pages 16,17 and 31. We have a dedicated 
Intranet which allows us to promote new 
policies, procedures, Group activities and 
employee events.

Engagement is also about understanding 
the needs of our employees. This enables 
us to create a better working environment 
which, in turn, drives performance, 
loyalty and success. In return, we reward 
our staff in a number of ways, including 
salary, discretionary bonuses, a cash 
loyalty award for those who have been 
with the Group for more than 2 years 
and a share incentive plan. We also 
recognise it is important to celebrate 
success and so ensure managers arrange 
appropriate events following completion of 
particular projects.

We seek the views of our employees 
through staff satisfaction surveys, 
conducted through a third party advisor 
so as to ensure anonymity. Our last survey 
was conducted in August 2016 and all 
employees were invited to take part. 
It covered a range of topics including: 
effectiveness, engagement, remuneration, 
development opportunities, respect and 
recognition and confidence in leaders. 
In response, a staff survey workshop, 
comprising representatives from 
across the Group and facilitated by an 
independent external advisor, was set up 
to distil the outcomes of the staff survey 
and to recommend changes to the way 
we work. Our objective for 2018 was to 
conclude on the implementation of the 
survey’s main recommendations, which 
are now largely complete. The remaining 
task focuses on our culture and we will 
be undertaking an exercise to review our 
culture, vision and values during 2019.

We will follow up on the implementation 
of our actions with a staff survey in 
late 2019.

32  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportThe Group upholds the highest standards 
of business ethics and undertook a 
review of its supply chain in 2018. 
The Board is confident that as a result of 
the Group’s management and reporting 
structure, the Company is in compliance 
with this law.

PROMPT PAYMENT CODE
CLS is a signatory to the Prompt Payment 
Code (“PPC”), a voluntary scheme backed 
by the UK Government to set standards 
of best practice for payment of suppliers. 
The PPC requires all signatories to pay 
95% of their undisputed invoices to 
suppliers within a 60 day period.

For the year ended 31 December 2018 
CLS settled 97% of all undisputed 
invoices in the UK within 60 days, and 
80% within 30 days, thus complying with 
the PPC. With effect from 1 January 
2018, we have reported on the Group’s 
UK companies’ payment practices 
twice yearly in accordance with The 
Reporting on Payment Practices and 
Performance Regulations.

DIRECTORS GENDER RATIO
at 31 December 2018

Male – 8
Female – 2

SENIOR MANAGEMENT 
GENDER RATIO
at 31 December 2018 

Male – 12
Female – 3

EMPLOYEE GENDER RATIO
at 31 December 2018

REMUNERATION
Our overall remuneration and benefits 
package is designed to attract, motivate 
and retain employees. Our remuneration 
structure is simple, combining salary 
and benefits with an annual discretionary 
bonus and a long-term retention bonus 
based on the Group’s performance over 
a two year period. In 2017 we added a 
share incentive plan, which is open to all 
UK employees and matches employee 
contributions at a ratio of 1:1. Take-up 
amongst UK employees is over 50%, 
which is above the average for this 
type of scheme and testament to its 
success. We have looked into how we can 
implement a similar structure across the 
rest of the Group and intend to implement 
similar schemes in Germany and 
Luxembourg during early 2019.

BUSINESS ETHICS
The Board recognises the importance of 
the Group’s responsibilities as an ethical 
employer and views matters in which 
the Group interacts with the community 
both socially and economically as 
the responsibility of the whole Board. 
Following the enactment of the Bribery 
Act 2010, the Group implemented 
an anti-bribery policy which further 
demonstrated its commitment to 
business ethics. To ensure continued 
compliance with the Bribery Act 2010, 
training is given to all new employees, 
and an annual online compliance check is 
completed by all employees.

MODERN SLAVERY ACT 2015
The Modern Slavery Act 2015 requires 
any UK commercial organisation with 
a turnover of more than £36 million to 
prepare a statement setting out the steps 
taken during the financial year to ensure 
that slavery and human trafficking is 
not taking place in its business or in its 
supply chain. The Group’s statement 
can be found on our website at 
www.clsholdings.com.

Male – 51
Female – 48

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  33

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Corporate, social and environmental responsibility (continued)

HEALTH & SAFETY
It is a primary focus of the Board that the Group manages its activities so that the health and safety of its employees, 
customers, advisors and contractors and of the general public is not compromised. As part of this process the Group 
employs specialist accredited advisers to advise on all health and safety matters in each country in which we operate. 
The Group also operates a Health and Safety Committee, which covers issues related to the portfolio and its employees. 
Chaired by the Company Secretary, the committee comprises Facilities Managers, Property Managers, employees and 
advisors, and is responsible to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer also attends Health and Safety 
Committee meetings. As shown below, all regions maintain and follow local health and safety policies and report issues 
to the Chief Executive Officer. This reporting process has worked effectively throughout the year and has ensured ongoing 
compliance with health and safety legislation.

UK
INDUSTRY REGULATION
The Group sets health and safety 
objectives covering our workforce 
and portfolio and is monitored by 
the Health and Safety Committee.

MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Each managed or occupied property 
within the UK portfolio undergoes 
an annual risk assessment against 
which our targets can be measured. 
Our targets address three key areas:

 — Risk Management & Control
 — Document Compliance
 — Incidents

These areas are reviewed each 
quarter through the Health and Safety 
Committee and reported to the Board.

As at the date of this report, the 
percentage of risks which were 
under control were: 99.6% for 
Risk Management & Control, and 
96.8% for Document Compliance. 
Our Accidents Frequency Rate in 2018 
was 124 accidents per 100,000 people 
(National Accidents Frequency Rate: 
930/100,000).

GERMANY 
INDUSTRY REGULATION
All CLS buildings must comply with 
building permits and are regularly 
reviewed by local authorities to 
ensure compliance with building 
law. Facilities governed by special 
regulations are reviewed more 
frequently by an appropriate 
certified specialist.

MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Facilities (such as fire safety, electricity 
supply, ventilation, lifts, heating) 
are reviewed as required by law or 
business standard and at least once 
a year by authorised personnel. 
Reports and protocols are reviewed by 
the operational team.

We ensure that all scheduled reviews 
are conducted in accordance with 
local laws. Facilities managers provide 
comprehensive reports on a monthly 
basis to the operational team.

As at the date of this report, 95% 
of all identified risks were under 
control. All other risks are monitored 
on an ongoing basis and a health 
and safety management system is 
being implemented.

FRANCE 
INDUSTRY REGULATION
All CLS buildings have to comply 
with the Code du travail (Labour Code), 
which defines our responsibilities.

Each tenant is in charge of its 
own security on its own premises 
in accordance with the security 
obligations of the building.

MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The building facilities (such as the 
electricity supply, and building and 
mechanical safety checks) are 
reviewed once or twice a year by a 
statutory controller. The reports of 
the statutory controller are reviewed 
by our operational team. This process 
is audited externally twice a year. 
The accountability remains with 
CLS France.

We have achieved 100% 
statutory compliance.

Every year, CLS France requires each 
tenant to provide their reports of 
statutory controls and an insurance 
certificate for their premises.

34  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic reportEMISSION PERFORMANCE COMPARISON:  
MANAGED PORTFOLIO – ABSOLUTE

Gas (tonnes/CO2e)

Electricity 
(tonnes/CO2e)

CLS Group Total 
(tonnes/CO2e)

CLS Group Total 
(tonnes/CO2e/sqm)

EMISSION PERFORMANCE COMPARISON:  
MANAGED PORTFOLIO – LIKE-FOR-LIKE

Gas (tonnes/CO2e)

Electricity 
(tonnes/CO2e)

CLS Group Total 
(tonnes/CO2e)

CLS Group Total 
(tonnes/CO2e/sqm)

2017

2,988

2018

Change

Greenhouse
Gas Type

2,976

(12)

Scope 1

7,961

7,430

(531)

Scope 2

10,949

10,406

(543)

0.0223

0.0212

(0.0011)

Scope 
1 & 2

Scope
1&2/sqm

2017

2,387

2018

Change

Greenhouse 
Gas Type

2,159

(228)

Scope 1

6,583

5,381

(1,202)

Scope 2

8,970

7,540

(1,430)

0.0294

0.0247

(0.0047)

Scope
1 & 2

Scope 
1&2/sqm

GROUP WIDE LIKE-FOR-LIKE CARBON EMISSIONS  
(2016 TO 2018)
Due to decarbonisation of the national grid in the UK there has been a reduction in our 
absolute Scope 1&2 emissions across the Group. The net effect of our reduction in 
both energy and decarbonisation has resulted in a 15.9% reduction on our like-for-like 
carbon emission

6,583

5,381

2,387

2,159

2017

2018

Scope 2
Scope 1

Find out more – download our full sustainability report from our website www.clsholdings.com

Our 2018 strategic report, from IFC to page 35, has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on 7 March 2019.

David Fuller BA FCIS
Company Secretary

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  35

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
Great West House, London
Refurbished in 2018

Corporate 
governance

36  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

In this section:

38  Chairman’s introduction

40  Corporate governance report

54  Nomination Committee report

56  Audit Committee report

61  Remuneration Committee report

75  Directors’ report

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  37

Chairman’s introduction

Driving performance 
through culture

Henry Klotz,  
Executive Chairman

We believe in the importance of good 
corporate governance as a key driver to 
building a strong business that delivers 
sustainable value to shareholders. 
We recognise that through an effective 
structure of controls, which define 
authority and accountability throughout 
the Group, we can manage risks 
appropriately whilst still promoting 
effective and entrepreneurial leadership 
and ensuring a successful and innovative 
business. This, we believe, has been the 
key to our long-term success.

Q. What has the Board focused 

on during the year?

We have taken a number of key outcomes 
from the 2017 external board evaluation, 
which we wanted to focus on in 2018. 
We have held Board meetings and been 
on property tours in each of the countries 
in which we operate. We wanted the 
Board to engage with our French and 

We have a relatively flat structure 
underpinned by a belief that constructive 
feedback allows employees not only 
to voice concerns, but also give praise 
where we do things well. The Board 
monitors areas such as employee 
turnover, exit interview feedback and 
employee surveys to ensure employees 
have a say in setting our culture.

Q.  What were the key issues 

identified by the 2018 Board 
evaluation?

The evaluation recognised the strength 
of the management team and the quality 
of information the Board received. 
Nevertheless, I noted that there was still 
more to do on refreshing the Board’s 
composition. The evaluation highlighted 
the importance of continuing with our 
meetings in France and Germany to 
understand better opportunities and 
risks within the portfolio, and to see 
first-hand how our teams operate and 
gain a valuable insight of the views of 
our tenants.

The evaluation also recognised the need 
to develop relationships with employees, 
which will be a key focus in 2019.

Q.  What engagement has the 

Board had with smaller 
shareholders and wider 
stakeholders during the year?

Whilst some commentators believe the 
AGM is an event that should be removed 
from the corporate calendar, we have 
seen a greater number of smaller 
shareholders attend this event where we 
present to them the Company’s strategy 
and performance. There was an open 
forum where small shareholders could 
question all members of the Board, which 
I felt was a good opportunity for the Board 
to engage with smaller shareholders.

German employees to understand better 
some of the challenges they face in 
managing our assets. It also gave the 
Board an opportunity to engage with 
tenants to understand how they perceive 
our performance as their landlord, and 
their feedback was very positive.

We also focused on succession planning 
whilst ensuring stability and continuation 
of expertise. The Board, assisted by 
the Nominations Committee, had a full 
discussion on the steps required to align 
further the composition of the Board with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Q.  What role does the Board play 

in setting the culture of the 
business?

We know that one of our biggest asset 
is our people, and so we recognise the 
need to have the right culture in place to 
ensure we continue to generate success. 

38  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceWe will undertake a project looking at 
our culture, vision and values, which 
we recognise is an important tool in a 
successful and progressive modern 
workplace. It is something our employees 
asked us to do and so we look forward 
to this galvanising and motivating all of 
our employees to deliver and improve on 
our success.

We will also be introducing a Workforce 
Advisory Panel, chaired by Elizabeth 
Edwards, to formalise the way in which 
we seek employee feedback. The Panel 
will report directly to the Board through 
Elizabeth. I look forward to the outcome 
of its first meetings later in the year.

We will also initiate our search for an 
independent Non-Executive Director to 
will succeed Malcolm Cooper.

Henry Klotz
Executive Chairman 
7 March 2019

BOARD SKILLS AND 
EXPERIENCE

Financial management

80%

HR issues

50%

International markets

90%

Property

100%

Risk management

90%

As you will see from our Corporate, 
Social and Environmental Responsibility 
report, we have engaged with a wide 
range of stakeholders with the aim of 
creating excellent working relationships 
and affiliations with organisations in the 
areas in which we invest. I think it is very 
important for the Group to give its time, 
effort and financial assistance in building 
these relationships with stakeholders 
and I encourage all members of staff 
to participate.

Q.  John Whiteley is retiring in 

2019. What succession plans 
do you have in place?

We have a succession plan for the 
executive directors and in this instance 
we appointed an independent executive 
search firm to undertake the search for 
a successor. This included a diverse pool 
of internal and external candidates who 
were put through a thorough selection 
and interview process in order to appoint 
the best person for the role. We expect to 
conclude the process shortly.

Q. What are your priorities for 

the year ahead?
The evaluation gave us some insight 
into our priorities for 2019, against the 
introduction of the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

7

8

3

2

6

9

10

5

4

1

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  39

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Board of Directors

The right skills and  
experience to deliver  
our strategy

1. HENRY KLOTZ
Executive Chairman

2. FREDRIK WIDLUND
Chief Executive Officer

3. JOHN WHITELEY
Chief Financial Officer

Appointment as a Director:  
2 May 2008 
10 years 7 months

Appointment as a Director:  
3 November 2014 
4 years 1 month

Appointment as a Director:  
27 November 2009 
9 years 1 month

Former roles: CEO (to January 2011) 
Executive Vice Chairman (to March 2016)

Qualifications: Engineer – Economist

Experience: Joined in 1999 to manage 
the Swedish operation. Established the 
German division and focused on securing 
new business for the Group. Non-Executive 
Director of Catena AB, a Nasdaq Stockholm-
quoted real estate company in which CLS 
holds 10.6% of the issued shares

Former roles: Global Commercial 
Leader, GE Capital International. 
Regional CEO, GE’s European Leasing 
businesses. Managing Director, GE Capital 
Real Estate. CFO, GE Capital Equipment 
Finance. Various positions with Royal 
Dutch Shell

Qualifications: Degree in Business 
Administration, Stockholm University

Experience : Business leadership, 
property and finance experience in global 
organisations. Trustee of Morden College

Former roles: Finance Officer, Doughty 
Hanson & Co Real Estate. FD, Great Portland 
Estates. Auditor, Ernst & Young

Qualifications: Fellow, Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. 
Degree in Accounting and Business Finance, 
Manchester University

Experience : Finance and commercial 
experience in the real estate sector. 
Member, Finance Committee, British 
Property Federation

7. CHRISTOPHER JARVIS
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Chairman, Remuneration Committee 
Member, Audit Committee

8. ANNA SEELEY
Non-Executive Vice Chairman 
Member, Nomination Committee

9. BENGT MORTSTEDT
Non-Executive Director 
Founding Shareholder

Appointment as a Director:  
25 November 2008 
10 years 1 month

Appointment as a Director:  
11 May 2015 
3 years 7 months

Appointment as a Director:  
7 March 2017 
1 years 9 months

Former roles: Owner, Jarvis & Partners real 
estate consultancy. Partner, HRO Group. MD, 
Richard Ellis Germany

Qualifications: Chartered Surveyor 
Masters in Land Economy, 
Cambridge University

Experience: Advising on all property-related 
matters, from debt financing to asset 
acquisitions, primarily in the German market

Former roles: Director, Skansen Group 
Limited. Property-related roles in General 
Electric and BT Group. Group Property 
Director, CLS Holdings plc

Qualifications: Degree in Property Valuation 
and Finance Chartered Surveyor

Experience: 20+ years of property industry 
and business experience

Former roles: Director, CLS Holdings plc 
(1992–2010). Former Junior District Court 
Judge in Sweden

Qualifications: Degree in Law, 
Stockholm University

Experience: European property market and 
Group business. Developed and runs hotels 
in St Vincent & Grenadines, West Indies

40  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceBoard of Directors

The right skills and  

experience to deliver  

our strategy

4. STEN MORTSTEDT
Executive Director 
Founding Shareholder 
Chairman, Nomination Committee

5. ELIZABETH EDWARDS
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Member, Audit Committee and 
Nomination Committee

Appointment as a Director:  
14 March 1994 
24 years 9 months

Former roles: Executive Chairman (to 
March 2016)

Qualifications: Entrepreneur

Experience: Founded CLS in 1987; listing 
on London Stock Exchange main market, 
1994. MD, Citadellet AB (listed on Stockholm 
Stock Exchange, 1981). Banker, Svenska 
Handelsbanken, Stockholm. Chairman of the 
investment vehicle for the Sten and Karin 
Mortstedt Family and Charity Trust

10. LENNART STEN
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Member, Remuneration Committee 
and Nomination Committee

Appointment as a Director:  
1 August 2014 
4 years 4 months

Former roles: CEO, GE Capital Real Estate 
Europe. President, GE Real Estate Nordic. 
CEO Fabege AB. General Counsel, GE Capital 
Equipment Finances AB. Partner,  
Baker & McKenzie, Stockholm

Qualifications: Degree in Law, 
Stockholm University

Experience: International property 
industry. Founder and CEO of Svenska 
Handelsfastigheter. Board member: Bonnier 
Fastigheter, Klara Bo AB, Interogo SA; 
Chairman, Swedish Property Federation

6. MALCOLM COOPER
Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director 
Chairman, Audit Committee 
Member, Remuneration Committee

Appointment as a Director:  
22 May 2007 
11 years 7 months

Former roles: Project Director then Group 
Tax and Treasury Director, National Grid 
plc. Director, Corporate Finance, Lattice 
Group plc. Financial roles with BG Group plc. 
Arthur Andersen Consulting

Appointment as a Director:  
13 May 2014 
4 years 7 months

Former roles: Head, Property Lending, 
Landesbank Berlin. Senior positions 
with National Australia Bank, Berlin 
Hyp and Westdeutsche Immobilienban. 
Management Consultant, PwC

Qualifications: Chartered Surveyor, 
Degree in Estate Management, South 
Bank University. Fellow, Royal Institution of 
Chartered Surveyors 

Qualifications: Degree in Pure Mathematics, 
Warwick University. Fellow, Chartered Institute 
of Certified Accountants. Fellow, Association of 
Corporate Treasurers

Experience: Banking (primarily property-
related). Trustee, Salvation Army 
International Trust. Member, Association 
of Property Lenders. Past Master, the 
Worshipful Company of Chartered Surveyors

Experience: Corporate finance, accounting and 
tax with global corporates. Independent NED 
and Audit Committee chair, Morgan Sindall 
plc. SID, MORHomes plc. Member of Audit 
Committee of Local Pensions Partnership Ltd

COMPOSITION AND SIZE 
OF THE BOARD

LENGTH OF TENURE 
OF THE BOARD (years)

Henry Klotz

Fredrik Widlund

John Whiteley

Sten Mortstedt

Elizabeth Edwards

Malcolm Cooper

Christopher Jarvis

Anna Seeley

Bengt Mortstedt

Lennart Sten

4

4

10

9

11

10

1

3

4

24

Independent Non-Executive – 4
Non-independent Non-Executive – 2
Executive – 4

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  41

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Leadership
Board Statements

Requirement

Board Statement

Further information

Compliance with the Code The principal corporate governance rules which applied to the Company 

Page 38 to 60

in the year under review were those set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code published by the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) in April 2016 (the 
“Code”), the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) Listing Rules and the FCA’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

The Board fully supports the principles of good governance as set out in the 
Code, which is publicly available on the FRC’s website (www.frc.org.uk), and 
its application of the Main Principles are set out on pages 42 to 60. Save as 
identified and explained in this report, the Board considers that throughout 
2018 it complied with the provisions of the Code.

The Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over the period of their assessment.

Page 77

Page 52

Going Concern basis

Viability Statement

Robust Assessment of 
the principal risks facing 
the Group

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Company, including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

Annual review of systems 
of risk management and 
internal control

The Board confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management systems and internal controls and found them to be 
appropriate for the Group.

Pages 18 and 19

Pages 51 and 52

Fair, balanced 
and understandable

Modern 
Slavery Statement

Health and Safety

The Directors consider that the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Page 79

The Board has implemented a Modern Slavery Policy which we have 
communicated to all staff. The Board is confident that as a result of the Group’s 
management and reporting structure, there are no such practices taking place.

Page 33 and 
our website

The Board recognises that the control of all health and safety matters arising 
from our activities is an essential feature of our operations and ensures it 
meets its civil and statutory obligations.

Page 34

THE BOARD
The Board’s composition and responsibilities are set out in a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it for decisions. 

The Board is assisted by the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees, the terms of reference for which can be obtained 
from the Company Secretary or our website.

42  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceGOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK

The Board 
HENRY KLOTZ (EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN) 
3 other Executive Directors 
4 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
2 other Non-Executive Directors 
Ensuring the Company’s growth and shareholder value

Audit Committee 
3 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
Monitors the arrangements for corporate 
reporting, risk management and 
internal controls  
Maintains a direct relationship with 
the Auditor

Nomination Committee 
2 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
1 Executive Director 
1 Non-Executive Director 
Monitors and evaluates the 
Board’s skills and experience to ensure 
full Board discussion

Remuneration Committee 
3 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
Develops the Company’s policies on 
executive remuneration and sets the 
remuneration packages of individual 
Executive Directors 

For more information on our cost drivers 
see pages 56-60

For more information on our cost drivers 
see pages 54-55

For more information on our cost drivers 
see pages 61-74

Executive Committee 
Reviews the daily running of the 
Group’s business

Disclosure Committee 
Monitors inside information and 
close periods

Financial Investment Committee 
Analyses financial investment 
opportunities and reviews 
investment portfolios

Asset Management Committee 
Reviews the Group’s property 
investments in each country

Health & Safety Committee 
Reviews and moderates the Group’s 
policy and best practices for Health 
and Safety

The implementation of Board decisions 
and the day-to-day operations of the Group 
are delegated to the Executive Directors.

DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
The responsibilities of the Executive 
Chairman, who is responsible for the 
overall strategy of the Group, the Non-
Executive Vice Chairman who supports 
the Executive Chairman, and the Chief 
Executive Officer, who is responsible for 
implementing the strategy and for the 
day-to-day running of the Group, are 
clearly divided. A written statement of 
the division of these responsibilities is 
reviewed and approved by the Board 
each year.

The Company does not comply with 
provision A.3.1 of the Code, as the 
Executive Chairman was not independent 
on appointment. There have been no 
significant changes to the commitments of 
the Executive Chairman during the year.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
A formal meeting of the Non-Executives 
Directors took place during the year, 
without the Executive Directors or the 
Executive Chairman present, at which 
a thorough review of the performance 
of the Executive Chairman took place. 
It was considered that the way in which 
the Board operated had improved, 
led by changes to the agendas and 

structure of meetings made by the 
Executive Chairman.

As highlighted by this year’s external 
board evaluation, the Board was satisfied 
with the experience, expertise and 
performance of each Board member; 
they continue to add significant value 
to the operation of the Company 
through their combined knowledge and 
experience, and exercise objectivity in 
decision-making and proper control of 
the Company’s business.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  43

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Leadership (continued)

The implementation of Board decisions 
and the day-to-day operations of 
the Group are delegated to the 
Executive Directors.

INSURANCE
The Company has arranged insurance 
cover for its directors and officers, as set 
out in the Directors’ Report on page 77.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company’s Articles of Association 
contain procedures to deal with Directors’ 
conflicts of interest. The Board considers 
that these have operated effectively 
during the year.

ROLES AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF 
THE DIRECTORS
The Board’s composition and 
responsibilities are set out in a formal 
schedule of matters specifically reserved 
to it for decisions. Matters reserved 
for Board decisions include identifying 
strategic long-term objectives, approving 
the annual Group budget, and approving 
substantial property transactions and 
investment decisions over £5 million.

Role

Name

Responsibility

Executive Chairman

Henry Klotz

Non-Executive 
Vice Chairman

Anna Seeley

Chief Executive Officer

Fredrik Widlund

Chief Financial Officer

John Whiteley

Executive Director

Sten Mortstedt

Senior 
Independent Director

Malcolm Cooper1

Non-Executive Directors

Elizabeth Edwards1 
Christopher Jarvis1 
Lennart Sten1 
Bengt Mortstedt 

Proposing the overall strategy of the Group and ensuring the 
effective running of the Board

Supporting the Executive Chairman with developing Group 
strategy and managing the effective running of the Board

Implementing Group strategy and the day-to-day running of 
the Group

Implementing Group strategy in relation to and ensuring 
compliance with all financial matters

Supporting the Executive Chairman with proposing the overall 
Group strategy

Providing a channel of communication for shareholders who do 
not wish to approach the Executive Chairman, Executive Vice 
Chairman or Chief Executive Officer

Leading the Non-Executive Directors, and providing feedback to 
the Executive Chairman on his performance

Providing independent oversight, objectively challenging the 
Executive Directors in Board discussions and decision making

1  Determined by the Board to be independent in accordance with Code provision B.1.1. 

44  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceBOARD ACTIVITY 

Topic

Key activities

Key priorities

STRATEGIC

1.  Reviewed the strategic aims of the Group 

1.  Focus on high yielding properties or portfolios 

and proposed action plan for growth over the 
medium to long-term.

2.  Discussed macroeconomic events and how 

they may impact the Group e.g. Brexit, EU and 
global political and financial uncertainty.

3.  Portfolio review update and action 

plan discussion.

in our key locations.

2.  Ensure risks are adequately managed and 

monitored such that the Group can react to a 
change in circumstance.

3.  Implement the findings of the portfolio review.

PEOPLE AND CULTURE 1.  Reports from HR regarding diversity, turnover 

and head count. Identifying themes and 
discussion as to ways to improve culture.
2.  Monitored implementation of the results of 

staff survey.

3.  Discussed the impact of the changes to the 
UK Corporate Governance Code relating 
to culture.

1.  Implement all key initiatives that staff survey 
identified. Focus on non-UK share schemes 
for employees.

2.  Undertake vision and values project to 
reinforce corporate goals, objectives 
and culture.

3.  Implement framework to enhance 

workforce engagement.

FINANCIAL

1.  Approved annual operating budget and its 

monitoring against key performance metrics 
at each meeting.

1.  Review Group’s Treasury strategy.
2.  Monitor the Group’s cost of debt and 

increase flexibility.

2.  Ensured key risks and uncertainties were 

3.  Implement and upgrade a number of key 

appropriate and regularly reviewed.
3.  Discussed internal controls and risk 

management systems.

4.  Approved financial statements.
5.  Continual review of all finance, tax and 

treasury matters, to ensure they are in line 
with Group strategy.

systems to provide management information 
to monitor budgets more effectively.

4.  Focus on cost control and restraint to ensure 

continued low administration costs.

GOVERNANCE

1.  Reviewed Board composition and the 

1.  Focus on Board composition and alignment of 

PROPERTY AND 
OPERATIONS

independence of Mr Cooper and Mr Jarvis, 
having served more than 9 years.
2.  Undertook internal Board evaluation.
3.  Updated governance topics and impact on 
the Group e.g. changes to the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and wider stakeholder 
engagement .

4.  Succession planning and independent 

process for appointment of CFO.

1.  Reviewed and discussed strategic review 

for all properties within the portfolio, taking 
decisions as to business plan for each to 
deliver long-term action plan.
2  Discussed individual acquisitions 
and disposals against the Group’s 
investment criteria.

3.  Upgraded the Group’s IT infrastructure 

and capabilities.

4.  Reviewed feedback from customer surveys.

shareholders’ interests.

2.  Implement findings of the report.
3.  Implement changes to governance structures 

to comply with provisions of the new UK 
Corporate Governance Code.
4.  Conclude CFO appointment.

1.  Focus on portfolio meeting business plan.
2.  Review further property purchases and 

mitigate risks within the portfolio.
3.  Drive IT initiatives across the Group.
4.  Respond to feedback from customer surveys 
to improve our offering and meet their needs.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  45

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Leadership (continued)

ATTENDANCE TABLE

Board 
attendance

No. of 
meetings

Audit 
Committee 
attendance 

No. of 
meetings

Remuneration 
Committee 
attendance 

No. of 
meetings

Nomination 
Committee 
attendance

No. of 
meetings

Henry Klotz

Anna Seeley 

Fredrik Widlund

John Whiteley 

Sten Morstedt

Malcolm Cooper 

Lennart Sten

Elizabeth Edwards 

Christopher Jarvis

Bengt Mortstedt 

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

–

–

–

–

–

4

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

4

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

–

3

–

–

1

–

–

1

–

1

1

–

–

–

1

–

–

1

–

1

1

–

–

In addition to attending Board meetings, senior management meet regularly to discuss management issues relating to the Group 
both formally and informally.

Board activity

The Board met five times during the 
year. Key strategic and operational items 
were discussed at each meeting, and 
it received presentations from various 
external parties during the year. 

The Board had a strategy meeting to 
review and monitor progress against our 
strategy and the wider risk environment 
affecting the Group.

February

  Approvals 

March

  Approvals 

Updated Group Strategy document

Key agenda items 
Report on geopolitical and macro-
economic impact 
Board Evaluation report 
and discussion 
Report from Remuneration and 
Audit Committees

Presentations 
CEO presentation on updated 
growth strategy and key targets

Approval of the 2017 Annual Report 
and Accounts and associated 
responsibility statements 
Approval of the going concern and 
viability statements

Key agenda items 
Report from Audit Committee on 
the 2017 Audit, principal risks and 
uncertainties and internal controls 
Report from Remuneration 
Committee on the KPI review and 
targets for 2018

Presentations 
UK valuation presentations from 
Cushman & Wakefield

46  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENSURING THE RIGHT CULTURE
CLS’s culture and the role of the Board
The Board recognises the need to establish the 
correct culture, values and ethics to ensure good 
standards of behaviour carries through the Group. 
In order to understand how the culture of the Group 
evolves, feedback mechanisms have traditionally 
been through informal groups or workshops. In its 
discussions this year, and in light of the new UK 
Corporate Governance Code, we will formalise our 
procedures to ensure we receive direct feedback via 
a Workforce Advisory Panel. The Board also wishes 
to undertake a wider project on its vision and values, 
with the workforce, which it believes will strengthen 
its culture and therefore overall performance.

THE BOARD IN ACTION
The Board recognised the importance of seeing first hand 
the challenges and opportunities faced by its teams in 
France and Germany, whilst also meeting and speaking to 
customers and employees to understand their views on 
our product and our working environment. This feedback 
provided invaluable insight which the Board were able to 
consider when discussing strategic and cultural matters 
affecting the Group. The feedback from our customers and 
employees on the Board’s visibility were very positive.

May

  Key agenda items 
Executive Reports 
Portfolio acquisitions and disposal proposals

Presentations 
Paris property tour and 
customer engagement

August

  Approvals 

Approval of the Half-Yearly Financial Report 
Approval of the going concern statement

Key agenda items 
Report from Remuneration and 
Audit Committees 
Half-Yearly Financial Report 
Succession planning

Presentations 
French valuation presentation from JLL 
German valuation presentation from 
Cushman and Wakefield

November

  Approvals 

Approval of the 2019 Budgets 
and Forecasts 
Review of Internal Controls and 
Risk Management

Key agenda items 
Report on the Non-Executive Directors’ 
Meeting 
Report from Audit and 
Nominations Committees 
2019 Budget and 2020–2022 Forecasts 
IT strategy update 
Principal Business Risks Review & Internal 
Controls and Risk Management 
Independence review of Mr Cooper and 
Mr Jarvis

Presentations 
Hamburg property tour and 
customer engagement

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  47

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effectiveness

INDEPENDENCE
Provision B.1.2 of the Code recommends, 
for FTSE 350 companies, at least half 
the Board, excluding the chairman, 
should comprise independent non-
executive directors.

At the year end, the Board comprised four 
Executive Directors, four independent 
Non-Executive Directors and two other 
Non-Executive Directors. The Company 
was not compliant, therefore, with 
provision B.1.2. However, the Board 
considers that having a mix of Non-
Executive Directors who are either 
“independent” as defined by the Code, 
or have an in-depth knowledge of the 
Company, provides better oversight and 
governance than having predominantly 
independent non-executive directors.

Of the independent Non-Executive 
directors, Mr Cooper and Mr Jarvis 
have served on the Board for more than 
nine years. In light of provision B.1.2 the 
Board undertook a rigorous review as 
to whether it considered them to remain 
independent. The discussion focused 
on Mr Cooper’s current non-executive 
directorships, one of which as Chairman 
of the Audit Committee of a FTSE small-
cap company, and Mr Jarvis’s full time 
role with Jarvis and Partners, together 
with the amount of time dedicated to their 
roles as non-executive directors and their 
contributions to the Board in discussions 
generally. The Board was satisfied that 
they maintained the necessary levels of 
independence in addition to the Code’s 
independence criteria and they continued 
to remain independent.

INFORMATION, SUPPORT 
AND DEVELOPMENT
Board members are sent board packs in 
advance of each Board and Committee 
meeting, and senior executives attend 
Board meetings to present and discuss 
their areas of speciality. In making 
commercial assessments, the Directors 
review detailed plans, including financial 
viability reports which, amongst other 
things, detail the return on equity and the 
likely impact on the income statement, 
cash flows and gearing.

Directors are able to obtain independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense and have access to the services 
of the Company Secretary. They are 
given appropriate training and assistance 
on appointment to the Board and later, 
if requested.

The Company offers all Directors the 
opportunity to update their skills and 
knowledge, and familiarity with the 
Company, in order to fulfil their role on the 
Board. In addition, meetings with senior 
managers within the Company have been 
arranged to further familiarise Non-
Executive Directors with the Company. 
As part of every new Board member’s 
induction, we encourage them to meet 
with the Head of Group Property in each 
of the UK, France and Germany so as to 
understand the portfolio. Board members 
also attended site visits to properties.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The Board undertakes a formal review 
of its performance and that of its 
Committees each financial year, and 
is required to conduct an external 
evaluation once every three years. 
In accordance with provision B.6.2 of 
the Code, the Board undertook its first 
externally facilitated board performance 
evaluation in November 2018 and will 
undertake its next externally facilitated 
evaluation in 2020. The internal evaluation 
was based on a questionnaire which 
addressed the following key areas: 
strategy, leadership and accountability, 
effectiveness of the board, board culture, 
information flows to the board and risk 
management. Each Committee also 
undertakes a review of its performance, 
effectiveness and accountability. 
The performance of individual directors 
is carried out through individual meetings 
with the Executive Chairman during the 
year. The findings and outcomes of the 
evaluation are set out below.

The Board reviewed the 2017 outcomes 
that it focussed on in 2018, It concluded 
they had largely been achieved: 

 — Reviewed the succession 

planning process.

 — developed a programme for board 
members to spend more time in 
the business, with visits to key 
properties and team meetings in Paris 
and Hamburg.

 — increased the time spent on strategy 
and culture with dedicated meetings 
and reports.

 — improved meeting discipline with no 

papers being “talked through”.

 — set aside more time to discuss how the 
non-executive directors can add value 
by direct discussions with executives.

48  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceBOARD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION CYCLE (2018 YEAR 2) 

Year 1 
Externally facilitated questionnaire using Independent Audit’s 
Thinking Board software

Years 2 and 3 
Internal questionnaire and follow up on results of previous 
performance evaluations

Stage 1 
Design and scope of 
questionnaire to address 
core areas and key themes, 
and facilitate the ability 
to provide confidential 
written responses to 
where improvements 
could be made

Stage 2 
Completion of the 
questionnaire by the Board 
and Committee members

Stage 3 
Review of the results 
of the questionnaire 
and benchmark findings 
against 2017 outcomes

Stage 4 
Presentation of report  
to the Board for 
discussion and prepare 
a plan for achieving 
desired outcomes.

Findings

Outcomes

An understanding of the need to refresh Board membership.

The Board should do more to keep up to date with topical issues 
and have more insight into what is happening in the day-to-
day business.

Review the succession planning process to ensure that it is 
more transparent and consultative.

Extend the programme of site visits in order that Board 
members spend more time in the business and with key 
stakeholders. Arrange presentations to provide more in-depth 
information on topical issues.

The Board could improve on assessing and discussing culture, 
and meet more regularly with employees.

Increase time spent discussing organisational culture and 
receiving feedback from the workforce. 

Board culture continues to be positive. There could be more 
regular contact with executive directors away from the 
business environment.

Setting aside time for the non-executive directors and 
executives directors to discuss how best the Board can add 
value to the business.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  49

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
BOARD GENDER DIVERSTY

Men – 8
Women – 2

APPOINTMENTS TO 
THE BOARD
As recommended by the Code, the Board 
has a Nomination Committee to lead the 
process for Board appointments and 
make recommendations to the Board.

The Nomination Committee report can be 
found on pages 54 and 55.

Effectiveness (continued)

RE-ELECTION
Under the Articles of Association, which 
can be amended by a special resolution 
of the shareholders, the Board has 
the power to appoint directors and, 
where notice is given signed by all the 
other directors, to remove a director 
from office.

All directors are subject to election by 
shareholders at the first Annual General 
Meeting following their appointment. 
In accordance with the Code’s 
requirements for FTSE 350 companies, 
all directors must seek re-election by 
shareholders annually. Accordingly, all 
directors will be seeking re-election at 
the forthcoming AGM. Their details are 
contained on the Board of Directors’ 
section on pages 40 and 41.

The terms and conditions of appointment 
of non-executive directors are set out in a 
letter of appointment, which provides for 
their removal in certain circumstances, 
including under s168 Companies Act 
2006. Their letters of appointment also 
set out what is expected of them and 
the time expected for them to meet their 
commitment. Non-executive directors 
are expected to serve two three-year 
terms, although the Board may invite 
them to serve for an additional period, 
subject to a rigorous review. The terms 
of appointment of the Non-Executive 
Directors can be obtained on request 
to the Company Secretary and will be 
available for inspection 15 minutes 
before, and during, the AGM.

DIVERSITY
The Group’s policy is set out in the 
Nomination Committee Report, which can 
be found on pages 54 and 55.

50  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceAccountability

The Board is required to present a 
fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position 
and prospects, which are explained in this 
Annual Report.

THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Board has established an Audit 
Committee to monitor the formal 
and transparent arrangements for 
its corporate reporting and its risk 
management and internal control 
principles, and for maintaining an 
appropriate relationship with the Auditor. 
Its report can be found on pages 56 to 60.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND 
INTERNAL CONTROL
The Company has internal control and 
risk management systems in place 
for its financial reporting process and 
the preparation of the Group accounts. 
It considers these systems appropriate 
for the size, diversity and complexity 
of the Group’s operations, and they are 
monitored, reviewed and recommended 
by the Audit Committee in the first 
instance, and then approved by the Board 
as a whole on an annual basis.

It is the Company’s aim to manage risk 
and to control its business and financial 
affairs economically, efficiently and 
effectively so as to be able to exploit 
profitable business opportunities in 
a disciplined way, avoid or mitigate 
risks that can cause loss, reputational 
damage or business failure, and enhance 
resilience to external events. The Board 
acknowledges that the Directors are 
responsible for the Group’s systems of 
internal control and risk management 
and has established procedures which 
are designed to provide reasonable 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. These procedures have operated 
for the entire financial year and up to 
the date of signing the Annual Report 
and Accounts.

The Directors recognise that such 
systems can only provide a reasonable 
and not absolute assurance that there 
has been no material misstatement 
or loss. The Board regularly reviews 
the management structure, HR 
policies and reward systems so as to 
ensure that management is aligned 
to the Group’s values and supports 
the risk management and internal 
control systems.

The key elements of the process by which 
the systems of internal control and risk 
management are monitored are set 
out below.

INTERNAL CONTROLS
The Company has an established 
framework for internal controls, which 
is regularly reviewed and monitored by 
the executive management and the Audit 
Committee, who update the Board on its 
effectiveness during the year.

The Board is responsible for the 
Company’s overall strategy, for approving 
budgets and major investment decisions, 
and for determining the financial 
structure of the Group.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in 
the discharge of its duties regarding the 
Group’s financial reports and provides 
a direct link between the Board and 
the Auditor through regular meetings. 
The Board has requested that the Audit 
Committee reviews the content of the 
Annual Report and Accounts and advises 
it on whether, taken as a whole, it is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy. Following its 2018 
review, it recommended the same to 
the Board.

There is an established organisational 
structure which has clearly defined lines 
of reporting and responsibility. The Group 
has in place control processes in relation 
to all aspects of its financial dealings, 
such as the authorisation of banking 
transactions, capital expenditure and 
treasury investment decisions.

The Group has a comprehensive system 
for budgeting and planning whereby 
quarterly and annual budgets are 
prepared, monitored and reported to the 
Board at Board meetings. Three-yearly 
rolling cash flow forecasts are updated 
and distributed to the Executive Directors 
on a weekly basis to ensure the Group 
has sufficient cash resources for the 
short and medium-term.

Set out on pages 6 to 35 is the Strategic 
Report, describing the Group’s operations 
and the strategy which it employs to 
maximise returns and minimise risks.

RISKS
In line with the most recent guidance 
on risk and internal controls from the 
FRC, the risks which the Group faces 
are reviewed and monitored in Board 
and executive meetings throughout the 
financial year.

Each business area operates a process 
to ensure that key risks are identified, 
evaluated, managed and reviewed 
appropriately. This process is also 
applied at Board level to major business 
decisions such as property acquisitions 
and disposals, and significant strategy 
changes. Furthermore, a monthly 
property activity portfolio update is 
circulated to the Board which identifies 
key business risks, developments 
and opportunities. Additional risk 
management processes, which include 
health and safety and sustainability risk 
management, are employed within the 
businesses and updates are reported to 
the Board at each meeting.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  51

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Accountability (continued)

Whilst there were no areas of weakness 
or failings identified by the Audit 
Committee and reported to the Board 
during their review of the Group’s risk 
management and internal controls, 
management has set up a rolling 
programme to review and test the 
principal areas of internal control risks 
throughout the Group. The results are 
reported to the Audit Committee and 
reviewed by the Board during the year.

In accordance with provision C.2.1 of 
the Code, and as supported above, the 
Directors confirm that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those 
which would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity. The Group’s principal risks 
and uncertainties, the areas which they 
impact and how they are mitigated are 
described on pages 18 and 19.

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of 
the Code, the Board has assessed the 
prospects of the Group over a longer 
period than the twelve months that has 
in practice been the focus of the Going 
Concern statement.

The Board concluded that the Viability 
Statement should correspond with 
the way in which the Group models its 
forecasts. The Group produces a budget 
for the current year and forecasts over 
a further three years reflecting the 
Group’s business model, strategy, and 
risk appetite, including the potential 
impact of Brexit. The Board considers 
this period to be the most appropriate 
as it provides a detailed and realistic 
forecast. The forecast is built up from a 
tenant level and considers the Group’s 
weighted average lease length of 5.3 
years (2017: 5.4 years) and the maturity 
profile of the Group’s debt of 3.5 years 
(2017: 3.6 years).

The forecasts provide a comprehensive 
view of the Group’s entire operation, 
covering:

 — cash flows
 — financial resources
 — long-term funding
 — capital expenditure commitments
 — administration costs

Cash flow forecasts are updated weekly 
and circulated to the Board. The budget 
and three year forecasts are set in 
November and updated in May and 
August to take into account changes 
to assumptions and are reviewed by 
the Board.

As explained in the Audit Committee 
report, the forecasts are also stress-
tested to reflect our principal risks, 
ensuring the Group has sufficient 
resources in severe cases, such as a 
steep property downturn, the loss of key 
tenants and significant rises in the costs 
of medium-term funding.

As a result, the Directors can confirm 
that they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the period of 
their assessment.

REMUNERATION
The Board has a Remuneration 
Committee which develops the 
Company’s policies on executive 
remuneration and sets the 
remuneration packages of individual 
Executive Directors.

Its report can be found on pages 61 to 74.

52  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceAt the 2019 Annual General Meeting, 
the Company will comply with the 
Listing Rules in respect of the voting 
requirements for the re-election of 
independent Directors where a Company 
has a controlling shareholder.

JOINT VENTURE 
AND ASSOCIATES
This Corporate Governance report applies 
to the Company and its subsidiaries. 
It does not include associates. The Group 
has no joint ventures.

Relationship with shareholders

The Company values its dialogue with 
both institutional and private investors. 
The Board’s primary contact with 
institutional shareholders is through 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer, along with the Head 
of Group Property, who have regular 
meetings with institutional shareholders. 
They also undertake analyst 
presentations following the Company’s 
half-yearly and annual financial results. 
They are supported by a financial 
relations adviser and two corporate 
brokers, all of whom are in regular 
contact with institutional and retail 
shareholders, and with analysts. A report 
of feedback from each institutional 
investor meeting is prepared by the 
broker who organised it, and a report 
of unattributed feedback from analysts 
on analyst presentations is prepared by 
the financial relations advisor. All such 
reports and coverage of the Company 
by analysts are circulated to the Board. 
Consequently, all Directors develop an 
understanding of the views of institutional 
shareholders and commentators.

Analyst presentations following the 
announcement of half-yearly and 
annual financial results are webcast and 
available on the Company’s website.

The Group issues its annual financial 
report to each of its shareholders. 
In accordance with the UK company 
disclosure regulations the Group does not 
distribute its half-yearly financial report to 
shareholders but makes it available on its 
website. Copies are available on request.

All financial reports and press releases 
are also included on the Group’s website 
at www.clsholdings.com.

All shareholders have at least 20 working 
days’ notice of the Annual General 
Meeting at which all Directors who are 
available to attend are introduced and are 
available for questions. All shareholders 
are welcome to attend the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting and to arrange 
individual meetings by appointment. 
The views received at such meetings are 
fed back to the Board.

PROXY VOTING
The proxy forms for the Annual General 
Meeting which was held in 2018 included 
a “vote withheld” box. Details of the 
proxies lodged for this meeting were 
announced to the London Stock 
Exchange and are on the Company’s 
website at www.clsholdings.com. 
Shareholders may also choose to register 
their vote by electronic proxy on the 
Company’s website.

KEY SHAREHOLDER EVENTS

 — 7  

Institutional investor meetings

 — Annual General Meeting

MARCH

 — 25  

Institutional investor meetings

 — Analyst presentation

APRIL

AUGUST

 — 22  

Institutional investor meetings

 — Analyst presentation

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  53

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Nomination Committee Report

COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ 
ATTENDANCE DURING THE YEAR 
ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018

Sten Mortstedt (Chairman)

Anna Seeley

Elizabeth Edwards

Lennart Sten

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

The independence of both Mr Cooper 
and Mr Jarvis, having served for over 10 
years, was reviewed by the Committee 
and discussed with the whole Board. 
The Committee recognises that, despite 
the “comply and explain” principal, some 
institutional shareholders and proxy 
advisers consider the Code’s provision 
on the independence criteria as a rule. 
Following a rigorous review, the Committee 
recommended to the Board that Mr Cooper 
and Mr Jarvis remained independent in 
character and judgement such that there 
are no relationships or circumstances 
which would affect, or could appear 
to affect, their judgement, which they 
supported. The Board considered that 
their contribution in Board meetings, time 
commitment and other significant roles 
outside of CLS warrant this conclusion. 

Nevertheless, as part of its ongoing review 
of Board composition, the Committee 
discussed how a managed process could 
be implemented in order to refresh Board 
non-executive membership in light of the 
discussions with Mr Cooper and the search 
for his successor.

SUCCESSION PLANNING
While identifying and developing talent 
across the Group remains primarily the 
responsibility of management, we have a 
duty to secure the long-term success of the 
Group. The Committee received updates 
from the Executive Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer in relation to succession 
planning, both at Board and senior 
executive level to ensure there is a good 
quality pipeline in place and to challenge the 

STEN MORTSTEDT 
Executive Director and Chairman 
of the Nomination Committee

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for ensuring that the Board comprises 
individuals with the most appropriate 
balance of experience, skills and 
knowledge to help develop and support 
the Company strategy. The Committee 
makes recommendations to the Board on 
the nomination, selection and succession 
of directors and senior executives.

The Committee discusses how this 
overarching principle:

 — links the Company’s strategy to future 

changes on the Board

 — evaluates Board effectiveness, the 
performance of individual directors 
and how the results affect the rest of 
the Board’s work 

 — ensures a comprehensive induction, 
training and continuing development 
of directors

 — oversees the executive pipeline and 

talent development

MEMBERSHIP OF 
THE COMMITTEE
The Committee’s membership remains 
unchanged, and comprises one executive 
director, and three non-executive directors, 
two of whom are independent non-
executive directors. The Company 
Secretary acts as secretary to 
the Committee.

The Committee notes that it is not 
compliant with Code provision B.2.1 but 
considers that because the Group has a 
Controlling Shareholder, its composition 
reflects the need for independent oversight 
whilst recognising the shareholder base. 

The Committee’s terms of reference are 
available on the Company’s website at 
www.clsholdings.com

COMPOSITION AND SIZE OF 
THE BOARD 
Having reduced the size of the Board in 
response to shareholder feedback, the 
Committee will now focus on its composition 
and balance of skills and experience. 

54  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceexecutive management team’s actions to 
enhance the pipeline.

Following the announcement that 
John Whiteley would retire in 2019, the 
Committee underwent a process to 
recruit a new Chief Financial Officer. 
Following the appointment of an external 
executive search consultancy, a long list 
was reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer, 
which produced a shortlist of candidates 
for a three stage interview process. 
The final candidates were interviewed by 
the Committee, together with the Chief 
Executive Officer. The Board expects to 
conclude the process shortly and announce 
a successor.

DIVERSITY
The Board’s policy is that the selection of 
new Board members should be based 
on the best individual for the role and 
that the Board’s composition should 
have an appropriate balance of skills 
and diversity to meet the requirements 
of the business. Whilst the Nomination 
Committee continues not to set specific 
representation targets for women 
at Board level (currently 20%), on 
recruitment, our policy is that we expect 
our search consultants to ensure, where 
possible, there is a diverse selection of 
candidates. We consider this to mean 
more than just gender, but also ethnically 
diverse candidates; a policy that we 
encourage throughout the Group when 
recruiting. We recognise that there are 
significant benefits of diversity, including 
age, gender, core skills, experience and 
educational and professional background, 
which we continue to consider whenever 
changes to the Board’s composition 
are considered.

The Committee has noted the 
recommendation in the Hampton-
Alexander Review for a new voluntary 
target of one-third of all Board members 
in FTSE 350 companies by 2020 to 
be women and the wider diversity 
targets proposed in the Parker Review. 
Our recruitment decisions throughout 
the organisation are driven by the need 
to ensure the longer-term success of 
the Company, by appointing the person 
that most closely fulfils the requirements 
for the position, regardless of their 
background or gender.

BOARD VALUATION PROCESS
The Committee noted the outcomes of 
the 2018 Board evaluation process, which 
highlighted the positive steps that had been 
taken to address succession planning and 
communication with employees below 
Board level, highlighted by the visits to Paris 
and Hamburg and meetings with their 
respective teams. 

PERFORMANCE OF 
THE COMMITTEE
The Nomination Committee undertakes 
a review of its performance each year. 
During 2018 the Committee’s review was 
internally facilitated and found that it 
performed effectively but it would ensure 
that it met more frequently and in a 
formal capacity. 

On behalf of the Board

Sten Mortstedt
Chairman 
Nomination Committee 
7 March 2019

Nomination 
Committee 
at a glance

Committee objectives
 — Review size, structure and 
composition of the Board.
 — Consider succession planning 

for directors and other 
senior managers.

 — Review leadership needs of 

the organisation.

 — Identify and nominate suitable 
candidates for the approval of 
the Board.

What we have done
 — Undertaken a review of 
Board composition and 
established a managed process 
for implementation.
 — Initiated the process for 
recruiting a new CFO.
 — Received updates from 
the executive team on 
succession planning. 

 — Reviewed and recommended 
to the Board the continuing 
independence of Mr Cooper and 
Mr Jarvis.

Committee focus
 — Monitoring of the correct skills 
and balance of experience of 
the Board.

 — Ensuring diversity agenda 
is addressed when making 
Board appointments.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  55

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ 
ATTENDANCE DURING THE YEAR 
ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018

Malcolm Cooper (Chairman)

Chris Jarvis

Elizabeth Edwards

4/4

4/4

4/4

HOW THE COMMITTEE 
SPENDS ITS TIME

Reports from the Auditor – 37%
Governance – 31%
Financial reporting – 24% 
Meeting with valuers – 8% 

Audit Committee Report

MALCOLM COOPER 
Senior independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chairman of the Audit Committee

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
The Audit Committee reviews and reports 
to the Board on financial reporting matters, 
including the valuation assumptions for 
the property portfolio, internal control 
and risk management. It also reviews the 
performance, independence, effectiveness 
and annual remuneration of the auditor.

COMPOSITION OF 
THE COMMITTEE
For the purposes of the Code, Mr Cooper, 
Ms Edwards and Mr Jarvis are regarded 
as having recent and relevant accounting 
and financial experience, and all have 
sector competence.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer, certain senior management 
and the Auditor are normally invited 
to attend the meetings. At each 
meeting there is a standing agenda 
item facilitating the opportunity for the 
Auditor to meet without management 
present. The Company Secretary acts as 
secretary to the Committee.

The Committee’s terms of reference are 
available on the Company’s website at 
www.clsholdings.com

PERFORMANCE OF 
THE COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee undertakes a 
review of its performance each year. 
During 2018 the Committee’s review was 
internally facilitated and found that the 
Committee performed effectively.

AUDIT COMMITTEE  
REGULAR ATTENDEES 
(by invitation)

Georgina Robb

Deloitte LLP, Auditor

Fredrik Widlund Chief 

Executive Officer

John Whiteley

Chief Financial Officer

David Fuller

Cushman & 
Wakefield

Company Secretary 
and Secretary to 
the Committee

Independent 
external valuer (UK 
and Germany)

Jones 
Lang LaSalle

Independent external 
valuer (France)

56  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceCommittee focus
 — Together with the Auditor, ensured 
the valuations and assumptions 
surrounding the valuations 
were appropriate.

 — Monitoring of Principal Risks and 

Uncertainties to ensure they remain 
relevant and appropriate.
 — Reviewed and monitored 
internal controls and risk 
management systems.

 — Maintained good communication 

links with the Auditor with a focus on 
the key issues outlined in each audit 
report during the year.

 — Monitored impact of relevant 

changes to corporate governance.

Audit Committee at a glance

Committee objective
 — Monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements, and assist the Board 
with other formal announcements.
 — Review the narrative reporting to 
ensure, taken as a whole, it is fair, 
balanced and understandable.

 — Review and monitor internal controls 

and risk management systems.
 — Approve the statements concerning 
principal risks, viability, internal 
controls and risk management.

What we have done
 — Reviewed the year end and half-year 
results ensuring that they were fair, 
balanced and understandable.

 — Met with each of the Group’s valuers 
and asked searching questions on 
the markets in which we operate.
 — Received reports and presentations 
from the Auditor at the full and half-
year in respect of:
 • property valuations
 • significant accounting, reporting 

 — Review the adequacy of 
whistleblowing and anti-
fraud arrangements.

 — Maintain a relationship with the 

Auditor including the setting of fees.

and judgemental matters, 
including going concern

 • principal risks and uncertainties.
 — Undertook a review of the internal 
controls and risk management and 
requested regular updates from 
management during the year.

 — Undertook a review of 

whistleblowing arrangements to 
ensure they remained appropriate 
for the Group.

 — Together with input from the 

Auditor, confirmed that there was 
no requirement for an internal 
audit function given the size and 
complexity of the Group.

 —  Received the Auditor’s planning 

report, reviewed the year end audit 
scope and materiality, and agreed 
2018 audit fee.

 — Reviewed and challenged the 

viability statement to ensure that 
it remained relevant to the Group 
and in line with its budgetary 
forecasting model.

 — Received and discussed 

implementation of key changes 
brought about by new UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  57

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Audit Committee Report (continued)

SIGNIFICANT FINANCIAL JUDGEMENTS 

Issues

How they were addressed

Property valuations

The Committee met with the Group’s valuers, Cushman and Wakefield (UK and Germany), and Jones 
Lang LaSalle (France) to which it invited the whole Board, and discussed the methodology used for 
the six monthly valuations of the Group’s properties.

Significant transactions

Independently, the Auditor also met with the Group’s valuers using real estate specialists and 
provided the Committee with a summary of their review contained within their report at the half-year 
and year end.

The Committee was satisfied with the explanations in relation to the portfolio and its associated key 
risks, such as specific local market updates, vacancy levels and rental demand, which management 
were addressing.

The Committee also focused on the management’s accounting treatment for significant transactions 
during the year, such as the £28.7 million sale of First Camp to a Norwegian campsite operator. 
Key financial judgements that were considered related to the classification of the First Camp 
investment as a discontinued operation and its remeasurement to fair value less cost to sell which 
resulted in a loss being recognised. The treatments were discussed with the Auditor and the 
Committee agreed with the accounting treatment. 

Accounting for other 
financial investments

In conjunction with the Auditor, the Committee reviewed how management accounted for its other 
financial investments, principally in corporate bonds and in the shares in Catena AB. The Committee 
agreed with the approach taken by management and the value of these investments.

Brexit

Management override 
of controls

The Committee continued to look at the impact of Brexit on the principal risks and uncertainties 
and provided the full Board with the Committee’s views in their wider discussion as set out in the 
Strategic Review.

The Committee assessed the framework for financial controls to be regularly reviewed by 
management and brought to the Committee for review. The Auditor confirmed to the Committee that 
there were defined lines of reporting and control processes in place within the Group such that the 
Auditor and Committee were satisfied that the risk was adequately mitigated.

58  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceViability and Going Concern 

Viability Statement
The Committee remained of the view 
that the statement should correspond 
with the way in which the Group 
models its forecasts, being the current 
year plus a further three years. The way 
in which the model was stress tested 
for changes in the Group’s operating 
environment were considered 
appropriate and clearly supported 
the statement. Further details are 
contained in the Corporate Governance 
Report on page 52.

Going Concern
Whilst a matter for the whole Board 
(see page 77), the Committee reviews 
the Group’s financial forecasts, debt 
maturity forecasts and associated 
sensitivity analysis. With supporting 
reviews from the Auditor, and a 
recommendation from management, 
the Committee remained of the 
view that the going concern basis 
was appropriate.

The Committee discussed the results of 
this review and were pleased to note that 
the limited improvements required had 
been implemented as part of Deloitte’s 
audit work for 2018.

The Committee assessed the effectiveness 
of the full-year and half-year external 
audit processes, the performance of the 
Auditor and, separately, sought the views 
of senior management. The Committee 
concluded that the external audit strategy 
had been met, and that key accounting and 
auditing judgments had been identified 
by the Auditor. The Committee concluded 
that Deloitte LLP had undertaken the 
external audit in line with the audit plan, 
and it was agreed to recommend to 
the Board that Deloitte LLP be asked to 
continue as the Auditor at the forthcoming 
AGM. The Committee discussed with 
management and subsequently agreed 
the statutory audit fee and the scope of the 
statutory audit.

KEY AREAS DISCUSSED 
AND REVIEWED BY 
THE COMMITTEE
EXTERNAL AUDIT PROCESS
The Committee reviewed the external 
audit strategy and the findings of the 
Auditor from the review of the Half-Yearly 
Financial Report and from the audit of the 
Annual Report and Accounts. It reviewed 
the letters of representation at both the 
full year and half year and recommended 
the same to the Board for signature. 
Additionally, the Committee met with the 
Auditor prior to the final sign-off meeting 
for this Annual Report and Accounts in 
order to receive the report on the external 
audit process. The Committee is pleased 
to report that at both the half year and the 
full year, after reviewing the significant 
risks identified by the Auditor and how 
management had mitigated them, there 
was no issue of a material nature which 
needed to be addressed or brought to the 
Board’s attention.

During the year the Committee were 
notified by the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) that their Audit Quality Review Team 
(AQR) were intending to review the work 
Deloitte LLP performed in conducting the 
audit of The Group’s 2017 results.

A key risk that the Committee discussed 
was the financial impact of Brexit, which 
it considered could have an effect on the 
property sector and the ability to obtain 
financing, and how the Group would 
mitigate its effects. Whilst these risks 
were considered to have a relatively high 
impact, the likelihood that they would 
occur remained low.

The Group also reassessed the impact of 
the development risk within the portfolio, 
which, since the sale of Vauxhall Square, 
had reduced significantly.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND 
RISK MANAGEMENT
The Committee has a further standing 
discussion item in relation to monitoring 
and reviewing all of the Group’s material 
controls and risk management systems, 
with a continuous control testing and 
reporting programme throughout 
the organisation. Further details are 
contained in the Corporate Governance 
Report on pages 51 and 52.

INTERNAL AUDIT
Following its annual review, the 
Committee recommended to the 
Board not to establish an internal audit 
function, due to the existence of current 
controls and review systems, and as the 
Company was neither of sufficient size 
nor complexity to warrant it. This line 
of reasoning was consistent with other 
property companies of a similar size. 
This view was supported by the Auditor. 
The Committee notes the changes to 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and has asked management to report 
on how internal assurance is achieved. 
The absence of an internal audit function 
will continue to be reviewed annually. 

PRINCIPAL RISKS
The Committee introduced a standing 
discussion item in relation to monitoring 
and reviewing the Group’s principal 
business risks, and challenging 
management on the appropriateness 
of those risks and how they were to be 
mitigated, details of which can be found 
on pages 18 and 19.

In order to seek assurance that 
internal controls are rigorously 
tested, management have set up a 
rolling programme to review and test 
the principal areas of risk, with the 
results reported to the Committee and 
subsequently reviewed by the Board. 
This ongoing review has not highlighted 
any matters of concern.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  59

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Audit Committee Report (continued)

ANTI-BRIBERY AND 
WHISTLEBLOWING
The Company has implemented an 
anti-bribery policy and provided training 
for all staff. An additional annual 
compliance check is undertaken for all 
staff. The Committee reviewed as being 
appropriate the whistleblowing policy, 
under which employees may report 
suspicion of fraud, financial irregularity, 
modern slavery or other malpractice. 
No reports of any such matters were 
received during the year.

On behalf of the Board

Malcolm Cooper
Chairman 
Audit Committee 
7 March 2019

NON-AUDIT FEES
The Committee is also responsible 
for monitoring the compliance of the 
Company’s policy on the provision of 
non-audit services by the Auditor, so as 
to safeguard the Auditor’s objectivity 
and independence.

The Committee has implemented a policy 
so as to ensure it complies with the EU 
Audit Regulations.

The policy categorises non-audit services 
as either:

 — excluded (as defined by the EU Audit 

Regulations); or

 — permitted, without approval from the 
Committee, but subject to approval by 
the Chief Financial Officer of up to 10% 
of the annual aggregate Group audit 
fee; or

 — permitted with approval from 

the Committee.

The non-audit services provided by the 
Auditor during the year were £52,000 
(2017: £53,207), the majority of which 
related to the auditors work on the 
Interim Review.

All such fees were approved by the 
Committee or Chief Financial Officer in 
accordance with the policy.

As set out above, the Committee 
considers that it has complied with the 
provision of The Statutory Audit Services 
for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender 
Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014.

We note the technical breach of 
independence referred to in the Auditors 
Report on page 82 and concur with their 
view that the services provided did not 
impact upon their integrity, objectivity and 
independence given the minimal level of 
fees incurred and inconsequential impact 
on the financial statements.

60  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceRemuneration report
Annual statement

Directors that Non-Executive fees 
should rise with base fees increasing 
to £45,000 and the Senior Independent 
Director and Committee Chair fee 
increasing to £10,000. The increases 
are being made following external 
feedback to the Nomination 
Committee that the current level of 
fees do not support the recruitment 
and retention of Non-Executive 
Directors with the necessary 
experience to advise and assist with 
establishing and monitoring the 
Group’s strategic objectives.  The new 
fee levels remain at or below the lower 
quartile of the FTSE250. 

 — As outlined above and in more detail 

in the Strategic Report, the Committee 
determined that four of the six Key 
Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’) 
achieved or exceeded the benchmark 
targets. The Absolute TSR KPI was 
below target and no bonus was paid.  
The Relative TSR KPI was below “on-
target” performance but above the 
forfeiture threshold at which no bonus 
was paid, and therefore achieved the 
scheduled pro rata bonus outcome.
 — The Committee reviewed the KPIs and 
considered them to be representative 
of Group performance. There has been 
no change of KPIs during the year. 

 — The Committee reviewed he KPI 

targets and weightings and concluded 
that for 2019 the Administration Cost 
Ratio targets would be amended to 
reflect the approved Group budget, 
which was commensurate with the 
growth of the Group. All remaining 
KPIs, their targets and weightings 
remain unchanged. 

In our assessment, the overall 
remuneration payments for 2018 
represent a fair and balanced outcome, 
and replicate remuneration outcomes 
throughout the wider employee 
workforce. As in previous years, the 
Annual Report on Remuneration and 
this Annual Statement are subject to 
an advisory shareholder vote at the 
2019 AGM.

CHRISTOPHER JARVIS 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
As the Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present 
the report of the Board covering our 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the 
‘Policy’), approved by shareholders in 
April 2017, and the implementation of it 
for the year ended 31 December 2018.

In this year’s report, we set out 
the following:

 — The Annual Statement by the 

Remuneration Committee Chairman
 — The Annual Report on Remuneration 
setting out in more detail payments 
and awards made to the Directors 
under the Remuneration Policy 
and the link between Company 
performance and remuneration for 
the 2018 financial year.

2018 COMPANY 
PERFORMANCE AND 
REMUNERATION OUTCOMES
As set out in the Chairman’s Statement, 
the Company has performed well 
during 2018 in terms of improving EPRA 
NAV and reducing vacancy throughout 
the portfolio. 

The PIP Plan was applied without any 
adjustment or exercise of discretion 
in respect of 2018 as the results of 
the PIP scheme were deemed by the 
Remuneration Committee to have been 
a fair and accurate reflection of business 
performance. In respect of the fourth year 
of the PIP plan 2015-2017, no discretion or 
adjustment was applied. 

The Committee considers the Company’s 
pay structure to be clear and consistent 
with the market, and aims to align the 
interests of the Executive Directors, 
senior managers and employees with 
those of shareholders. In line with 
this commitment to link executive 
remuneration to annual corporate 
performance and long-term shareholder 
returns, the performance levels resulted 
in lower pay outcomes in 2018.

The main remuneration outcomes are 
given below:

 — Executive salaries will be increased 
in 2019 in line with the UK employee 
average rate of 3.0%

 — The Nomination Committee has 
recommended to the Executive 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  61

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Remuneration report (continued)
Annual statement (continued)

Remuneration Committee at a glance

What we have done
 — Undertaken a review of pay levels to 
ensure they are appropriate and fair 
across the Group.

 — Reviewed the Remuneration Policy 
and the appropriateness of the 
current structure.

 — Sought advice from our retained 

consultants PwC.

 — Undertook an annual review of the 
appropriateness of the PIP KPIs 
and corresponding targets.

Committee objectives
 — Determine and agree on the 

framework and levels for executive 
director remuneration whilst having 
regard to pay and employment 
conditions across the Group.
 — Set the remuneration policy for 

the Group.

 — Review the design of all share 
incentive plans and relevant 
performance-related pay 
schemes and approve related 
annual payments.

 — Oversee any major changes in 
employee benefit structures.
 — Ensure contractual terms on 

termination are fair and failure is 
not rewarded. 

Our focus
 — Ensure consistency of approach and 
fair pay conditions across the Group.
 — Address simplification of Founding 
Shareholder remuneration for the 
next policy review.

 — Finalise 2020 Remuneration Policy 
for shareholder consultation in 
late 2019.

 — Ensure high quality remuneration 

advice and information to 
inform decisions.

 — Ensure Company performance 
is appropriately reflected in any 
performance-related pay element 
of remuneration.

 — Review the PIP KPIs and 

corresponding targets, on an 
annual basis. 

 — Receive updates from Head of 

HR in relation to developments in 
employee benefit structures. 

 — Ensure compliance with the 2018 UK 

Corporate Governance Code.

62  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceAREAS OF DISCUSSION 

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The Committee has discussed the 
remuneration outcomes resulting from 
Mr Whiteley’s retirement, which will be in 
line with the current Policy and reported 
in the 2019 Remuneration Report. 

We will work closely with the Nomination 
Committee on the remuneration of his 
successor, again, in accordance with the 
current Policy.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS
The Committee noted shareholder 
feedback in relation to Element B,  
which indicated that awards based on 
a prior year’s performance, was not 
considered to be aligned with a standard 
LTIP, despite having a three year vesting 
period and two year holding period. 
The Committee was advised by PwC that 
the scheme would be appropriate for 
the Group. The Committee will consult 
with shareholders later in 2019 with a 
view to introducing a industry standard 
LTIP, which will form part of the overall 
Remuneration Policy consultation for the 
period 2020-2023 that will be considered 
for approval at the 2020 AGM. 

The Committee will continue to operate 
its approved Remuneration Policy for 
2019, the final year of the three year cycle, 
and therefore shareholders will not be 
asked to vote on a revised policy at the 
2019 AGM.

MEMBERSHIP
The Committee’s membership 
is unchanged, comprising three 
independent non-executive directors.

During 2018, the Committee met five 
times and held a number of informal 
discussions with the executive directors, 
the Sten and Karin Mortstedt Family and 
Charity Trust and institutional funds.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ 
ATTENDANCE DURING THE YEAR 
ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2018

Chris Jarvis (Chairman)

Malcolm Cooper

Lennart Sten

5/5

5/5

5/5

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
REGULAR ATTENDEES FOR PART 
(BY INVITATION)

David Fuller

Company Secretary 
and Secretary to 
the Committee

PERFORMANCE OF 
THE COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee 
undertakes a review of its 
performance each year. During 2018 
the Committee undertook an internal 
review of its performance and found 
that the Committee continued to 
perform effectively.

Christopher Jarvis
Chairman 
Remuneration Committee 
7 March 2019

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  63

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Remuneration report (continued)
Annual statement (continued)

HOW THE PIP SUPPORTS OUR REMUNERATION POLICY 

Objective

Supporting principles

In order to ensure the achievement of the Company’s 
strategic objectives, the executive directors need to be 
motivated and rewarded for the successful delivery of key 
annual objectives which, given the current instability in 
the property sector, is imperative to the future growth of 
the Company.

The requirement to provide a lock-in for the executive 
directors, given the recent changes to the Board structure 
which means their continued retention is key for the success 
and growth of the Company.

The alignment of the executives directors with shareholders 
through the build-up and retention of meaningful 
shareholdings in the Company.

The need to ensure that the total compensation levels are 
competitive in the industry in which the Company competes 
for talent. The Committee is therefore mindful that the 
total remuneration opportunity for executive directors 
remains competitive compared to peers in the FTSE 250 
real estate sector. The Committee review of the previous 
policy highlighted that there was a remuneration gap to the 
market. Therefore, the introduction of new equity elements 
under the PIP helped to ensure a more competitive market 
positioning, provided that the executive team delivers the 
annual performance objectives and that these lead to long-
term sustainable performance.

Annual assessment of performance allowing:

 — incorporation of a wider range of operational and 

strategic objectives; and

 — assistance in the management of any cyclicality in 

the business.

Retentive, as the sole condition once the deferred 
shares have been earned over the period of deferral is 
continued employment.

The PIP supports the build-up and retention of meaningful 
shareholdings by the executive directors.

The simplicity of the PIP maximises its value for a given 
incentive opportunity. 

This was also enhanced by Element B of the PIP which 
provided an additional maximum award of 100% of salary. 

The Committee chose to increase the incentive opportunity 
given its intention that under the Policy there would be 
no changes to the base salary, pension and benefits for 
the executive directors beyond the standard awards for 
all employees. 

To enhance further the Company’s corporate governance 
on remuneration.

The PIP is supportive of corporate governance and best 
practice because:

 — it is simple;
 — it is one of the alternative models suggested by the 
Investment Association’s Executive Remuneration 
Working Group;

 — deferral of a proportion of annual bonus in shares 

supports the alignment of the interests of the executive 
directors and shareholders;

 — it supports the build-up of a long-term locked-in 
shareholding by the executive directors; and

 — it facilitates the use of malus and clawback by having a 
significant amount of the incentives earned deferred in 
shares and under the control of the Company after the 
determination of the bonus for a particular year.

64  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceAnnual report on remuneration statement of 
implementation of remuneration policy in 2018

For the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group’s policy on remuneration was implemented as set out below.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION (AUDITED INFORMATION)
The following table shows an analysis of remuneration in respect of qualifying services for the 2018 financial year for each 
executive director:

2018

Henry Klotz 

Fredrik Widlund1

John Whiteley2

Sten Mortstedt3

2017

Henry Klotz 7

Fredrik Widlund

John Whiteley

Sten Mortstedt

Salary 
£000

Taxable
Benefits6
£000

400

378

307

317

Salary
£000

205

368

289

308

24

7

13

–

Taxable
Benefits
£000

18

6

12

–

Bonus4

Cash
£000

–

162

87

–

Bonus

Cash
£000

–

236

126

–

Deferred 
Shares
£000

–

172

113

–

Deferred 
Shares
£000

–

252

164

–

LTIP5
£000

–

398

212

–

LTIP
£000

–

200

106

–

Pension 
£000

7

–

–

–

Pension
£000

2

–

9

–

Other
Fees
£000

–

–

–

450

Other
Fees
£000

–

–

–

650

Total
£000

431

1,117

732

767

Total
£000

225

1,062

706

958

1  Mr Widlund received total pension contributions of £34,398 (2017: £33,429). In accordance with the Policy, the entire amount was paid as salary supplement (this element of 

salary is not bonusable or pensionable).

2   Mr Whiteley received total pension contributions of £27,899 (2017:£27,113). In accordance with the Policy, £nil (2017: £9,038) was paid as pension contributions and the entire 

amount (2017: £18,075) was paid as salary supplement, which element of salary is not bonusable or pensionable.

3   Mr Mortstedt provided specific advice that was in addition to the duties under his contract of employment, which are his participation at CLS Holdings plc board meetings. 
The Committee has agreed the fees and is of the opinion that the market rate for the specific nature of the advice he provided was appropriate based on his experience and 
historical knowledge of the Group. The specific advice related to the corporate bond portfolio, investments and cash management; refinancing and borrowing; and specific 
property acquisitions and disposals.

4  The Bonus total comprises 50% of the Element A 2018 contribution into the Director’s Plan Account and the award made of deferred shares in respect of Element B of the 

PIP (see below for details of calculations). The reason that only 50% of Element A is disclosed as Bonus is because the balance is deferred and at risk of forfeiture in respect 
of future years’ performance and therefore under the Regulations is required to be disclosed on vesting. The award of deferred shares under Element B does not vest until 
three years after the date of grant and cannot be sold for a further 2 years. However, in accordance with the Regulations the value of these shares is shown in the Bonus 
column on the date of grant as there are no further performance conditions which have to be satisfied for the shares to vest. The value of the Element B award disclosed in 
the table has been calculated using the average market value of a share for the 30 day period to 31 December 2018 of 213.5 pence in accordance with the rules of the PIP. 

5  The LTIP column value is the difference between the values calculated in (4) above in respect of the PIP Element A and the 2018 payment (see page 67 for details of 

calculation) and is the payment of part of the deferred performance-based element under the PIP. The date of payment will be on or around 25 March 2019. The value of the 
notional shares under Element A has been based on the average market value of a share for the 30 day period to 31 December 2018 of 213.5 pence in accordance with the 
rules of the PIP.

6  Taxable Benefits relate to the provision of private medical insurance. 
7  Mr Klotz’s contract was changed from 50% part-time to full-time following a review of the time commitment required for this role, with effect from 1 January 2018.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  65

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Remuneration report (continued)
Additional requirements in respect of the single total figure table 
(audited information) – 2018 payments in respect of the PIP

The Remuneration Committee determined the 2018 PIP contribution and forfeiture outcomes during 2018. A summary of the 2018 
KPIs and their achievement is as follows:

KPI

Total Shareholder Return (absolute)

Total Shareholder Return (relative)

Vacancy Rate

Administration Cost Ratio 

(as % of Net Rental)

Personal Performance

Total Accounting Return

Maximum 
Forfeiture

1%

Lower
Quartile

10%

Bonus/
Forfeiture 
Threshold

On-Target 
Performance

Good 
Performance

Maximum 
Performance

2018 
Achievement

3%

12%

14%

16%

-12.3%

(Linear)

Median

(Linear)

8%

5%

4%

Upper 
Quartile

3%

15th*

3.8%

18.50%

17.50%

16.50%

15.50%

14.50%

16.0%

2

0%

2.5

3%

4

6%

4.5

7.5%

5

(see below)**

9%

10.8%

*   Out of 26 companies which comprise the FTSE350 Real Estate Super Sector
**   Personal Performance is a grading of the executive director by the Remuneration Committee in a range of 1–5 with 5 being the highest rating. For 2018, the CEO and CFO 
received ratings of 4.63 and 4.13, respectively. The CEO and CFO are assessed on an annual basis. They undertake an appraisals process which incorporates a scoring 
system whereby they are assessed by their line manager against each of the following areas: annual objectives, quality and knowledge of their work, innovation, teamwork, 
staff development and communication. For 2019, this will change to a 1-3 rating to bring it into line with the staff appraisal process for all employees.

Key Objectives

Outcome

Fredrik Widlund

Implementation of Group Strategy.

Implement business plan to review portfolio and 
reinvest in high-yielding properties.

Led strategy process to refocus the portfolio to 
deliver long-term sustainable growth. 

Strategic objectives implemented through 
successful sales and acquisitions, and changing 
corporate structure.

Keep vacancy within 5% range.

Group vacancy was 3.8%.

Develop and strengthen organisational culture.

Integration of Metropolis Portfolio in Germany. 

Enhance Investor Relations.

Property transactions aligned with objectives.

Implemented various initiatives to modernise and 
progress working practices and initiated a review 
of corporate culture, vision and values.

Met with new and existing investors, modernised 
media coverage with videos and planned capital 
markets day.

John Whiteley

Meet agreed budget targets for income 
and expenditure.

Implemented new forecasting system to deliver 
advanced reporting.

Successfully managed through detailed budget 
process and monitoring.

Undertook various group activities to build a strong 
team, reviewed structure and resourcing to ensure 
platform for growth.

Deliver high-quality reporting.

Develop and motivate Finance team.

Focus on efficient operations.

Major IT review resulting in a restructuring to 
broaden levels of responsibility and develop a 
more comprehensive business support function.

66  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceELEMENT A OF THE PIP
The following table sets out the maximum award under Element A of the PIP for 2018 which can be earned in respect of each KPI, 
expressed as a percentage of salary:

KPI

Absolute Total Shareholder Return

Relative Total Shareholder Return

Vacancy Rate

Administration Cost ratio (as % of Net Rental)

Personal Performance

Total Accounting Return

Maximum Bonus as a % of salary

Salary

Maximum Bonus

The following table sets out the calculation of the first award under Cycle 3 of Element A of the PIP:

KPI

Absolute Total Shareholder Return

Relative Total Shareholder Return

Vacancy Rate

Administration Cost ratio (as % of Net Rental)

Personal Performance

EPRA NAV Growth

2018 Total Bonus

Bonus as a % of Salary

Bonus Achieved as a % of Maximum Bonus

Performance Breakdown (%)

CEO 

CFO 

37.5

22.5

22.5

22.5

15.0

30.0

25.0

15.0

10.0

20.0

10.0

20.0

150.0

100.0

£343,985

£278,995

£515,978

£278,995

Performance Breakdown (£)

CEO 

CFO 

–

34,055

70,517

67,749

47,779

103,195

–

18,414

24,551

51,531

23,045

55,799

323,295

173,340

94.0%

62.7%

62.1%

62.1%

CYCLE 2
The following table sets out for Cycle 2 the PIP Accounts for the participants and shows the number of deferred notional shares 
which formed the opening balance at 1 January 2018, and their opening value, the fall in the value of the notional shares, and the 
payments which closed Cycle 2 in 2018:

CEO

CFO

PIP Plan Accounts

Number of Deferred Notional Shares brought forward

Value of Deferred Notional Shares brought forward1

Fall in Value of Deferred Notional Shares in 2018

Final Value of Deferred Notional Shares2

Less: 2018 Payment

Value of Deferred Notional Shares carried forward

Number of Deferred Notional Shares carried forward

186,468

99,489

£435,590

£232,408

£(37,481)

£(19,999)

£398,109

£212,409

£(398,109) £(212,409)

–

–

–

–

1  The price used to calculate the opening value of shares was the mid-market value of a share for the 30 day period to 31 December 2017, which was 233.6 pence per share.
2  The price used to recalculate the final value of shares was the mid-market value of a share for the 30 day period to 31 December 2018, which was 213.5 pence per share.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  67

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Remuneration report (continued)
Additional requirements in respect of the single total figure table 
(audited information) 2018 payments in respect of the PIP

CYCLE 3 
The following table sets out for Cycle 3 the PIP Accounts for the participants and shows:

 — The element of the 2018 Payment which is disclosed in the Single Figure as Bonus. The reason that only 50% of Element A 2018 
Company Contribution is disclosed as Bonus is because the balance is deferred and is at risk of forfeiture in respect of future 
years’ performance and therefore under the Regulations is required to be disclosed on vesting:

 — The value of the closing balance and the number of deferred notional shares which will form the opening balance in respect 

of 2019.

PIP Plan Accounts

Number of Deferred Notional Shares brought forward

Value of Deferred Notional Shares brought forward

2018 Bonus2

Less: 2018 Payment

Value of Deferred Notional Shares carried forward

Number of Deferred Notional Shares carried forward1

Analysis of 2018 Payment

Disclosed as Bonus in Single Figure Table3

Disclosed as LTIP in Single Figure Table4

2018 Payment

CEO

CFO

–

–

–

–

£323,295

£173,340

£323,295

£173,340

(£161,647)

(£86,670)

£161,648

£86,670

75,713

40,594

£161,647

£86,670

£398,109

£212,409

£559,756

£299,079

1  The price used to calculate the value of shares was the mid-market value of a share for the 30 day period to 31 December 2018, which was 213.5 pence per share.
2  The 2018 bonus performance and their level of satisfaction are set out above.
3.  Comprising 50% of the 2018 Bonus.
4.  Comprising the final payment from Cycle 2 of Element A of the PIP.

In the context of the operation of the PIP, the Deferred Notional Shares is a mechanism that allows the deferred cash element of the 
award to be linked to the share price. The Committee confirms that there is no intention to issue actual shares.

ELEMENT B OF THE PIP
In line with the approved Remuneration Policy, an award of deferred shares under Element B of the PIP based on the achievement 
of the 2018 KPIs will be granted as soon as practically possible after the announcement of the Company’s 2018 results. Element A 
and Element B of the PIP are based on the same performance conditions and their level of satisfaction (see page 66 for details of 
the 2018 KPIs and their level of satisfaction). The Committee set the initial maximum Element B award for 2018 below the Policy 
maximum of 100% of salary.

Salary

Maximum Element B award (% of salary) for 2018

KPIs achievement as % of maximum

Face value of Element B awards to be granted 

Number of shares to be awarded 

68  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

CEO

CFO

£343,985

£278,995

80.0%

62.7%

65.0%

62.1%

£172,424

£112,671

80,760

52,773

Corporate governanceShares earned under Element B are subject to a three-year vesting period during which the participant must remain employed 
by the Company and cannot be sold for five years from the date of award, irrespective of employment status. There are no further 
performance conditions. The number of shares to be awarded under Element B has been based on the average market value of a 
share for the 30-day period to 31 December 2018 of 213.5 pence in accordance with the rules of the PIP. 

PENSION ENTITLEMENTS
The executive directors are entitled to participate in a defined contribution pension scheme.

As a result of the Lifetime Allowance Limit, no directors were participants of the scheme as at 31 December 2018 (2017: none).

The maximum Company contribution for all employees is 10% (2017: 10%). In accordance with the Policy, both Mr Whiteley and Mr 
Widlund received 10% as a salary supplement.

Henry Klotz is a deferred member of the scheme. On 1 August 2014, under the auto-enrolment process, Mr Klotz became a member 
of the statutory scheme operated by the Company whereby he contributes 3% of basic salary and the Company contributes 2%.

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE FOR NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
(AUDITED INFORMATION)
Non-executive directors do not participate in any of the Company’s incentive arrangements nor do they receive any benefits other 
than reimbursement for reasonable travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The following table sets out the fees received for 2018:

Malcolm Cooper1

Elizabeth Edwards2

Christopher Jarvis3

Bengt Mortstedt

Anna Seeley4

Lennart Sten5

Base  
Membership Fee 
£000

Other 
Committee Fees  
£000

Additional  
Fees  
£000

Taxable  
 Benefits6  
 £000

Total

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

25

30

30

18

10

13

–

5

10

18

10

13

–

5

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5

24

1

8

–

–

8

10

2

–

48

40

48

54

36

48

48

40

51

35

37

40

1  Mr Cooper received the following fees: Board membership £30,000; Senior Independent Director £5,000; Audit Committee Chairmanship £8,000; and Remuneration 

Committee membership £5,000.

2  Ms Edwards received the following fees: Board membership £30,000; Audit Committee membership £5,000; and, Nomination Committee Membership £5,000.
3  Mr Jarvis received the following fees: Board membership £30,000; Remuneration Committee Chairmanship £8,000; and Audit Committee membership £5,000.
4  Ms Seeley received the following fees: Board membership £30,000; and Nomination Committee Membership fee £5,000.
5  Mr Sten received the following fees: Board membership £30,000; Remuneration Committee membership £5,000; and Nomination Committee Membership 5,000.
In accordance with the Company’s expenses policy, non-executive directors receive reimbursement for their reasonable expenses for attending Board meetings. 
6 
In instances where those costs are treated by HMRC as taxable benefits, the Company also meets the associated tax cost to the non-executive directors through PAYE. 
Ms Edwards received taxable benefits of £379 (2017:£452), which being less than £500 is therefore not reported in the above table.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Mr Klotz received additional fees which he retained of £15,953 (2017: £22,636) in respect of his role as non-executive director of 
Catena AB. Mr Widlund was appointed as a non-executive director of Morden College on 31 August 2018, for which no remuneration 
is paid. There were no other executive directors who served as non-executive directors of other companies during the year ended 
31 December 2018.

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS OR FOR LOSS OF OFFICE
There were no payments to past directors of the Company during the year, whether for loss of office or otherwise.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  69

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Remuneration report (continued)
Additional requirements in respect of the single total figure table 
(audited information) 2018 payments in respect of the PIP

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES
At 31 December 2018, the interests of the Directors in the ordinary shares of 2.5p each of the Company were:

Director

Sten Mortstedt1

Henry Klotz

Fredrik Widlund2

John Whiteley3

Malcolm Cooper

Elizabeth Edwards

Christopher Jarvis

Bengt Mortstedt

Anna Seeley

Lennart Sten

Unconditional 
Shares

Conditional PIP
Element A Shares

Conditional PIP 
Element B Shares

SIP Shares 
(Partnership)

SIP Shares 
(Matching)

209,348,740

400,000

227,490

140,000

40,500 

4,527

48,440

26,572,550

–

28,500

–

–

–

–

75,713

40,594

234,580

151,238

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,309

1,309

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,309

1,309

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

209,348,740

400,000

540,401

334,450

40,500

4,527

48,440

26,572,550

–

28,500

1  Mr S Mortstedt’s interest in shares is held in certain companies which are held in trust (see controlling shareholder note on page 76).
2  As at the date of this report: the SIP balance for Mr Widlund consists of: 1,436 Partnership Shares and 1,436 Matching Shares. As set out on page 68, 80,760 Conditional PIP 

Element B shares will be awarded on 7 March 2019.

3  As at the date of this report: the SIP balance for Mr Whiteley consists of: 1,436 Partnership Shares and 1,436 Matching Shares. As set out on page 68, 52,773 Conditional PIP 

Element B shares will be awarded on 7 March 2019.

The Committee has implemented a policy of minimum shareholdings for executive directors. It is expected that within five years 
of becoming an executive director, the Chief Executive Officer should build a holding with a value of at least 250% of salary, and the 
Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer at least 150%. 

At the date of this report, the executive directors’ beneficial and conditional shareholding (excluding Element A of the PIP) 
represented the following percentages of salary.

Henry Klotz: 214% (2017: 672%) – shareholding requirement met.
Fredrik Widlund: 339% (2017: 343%) – shareholding requirement met.
John Whiteley: 265% (2017: 266%) – shareholding requirement met.

The executive director, Sten Mortstedt, has an interest in shares which is substantially in excess of the minimum requirement.

70  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceTOTAL RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS 2009–2018 (UNAUDITED)
To comply with the Regulations, the Company’s TSR performance is compared to the TSR performance of the FTSE All Share Index 
and the FTSE350 Real Estate Super sector over the same period. The Committee believes that these are the most appropriate as 
these are the indices and sector in which the Company has been included since listing. 

TOTAL RETURNS TO SHAREHOLDERS 2008–2018 (bps)

1,000

800

600

400

200

0
31 Dec 
08

31 Dec 
09

31 Dec 
10

31 Dec 
11

31 Dec 
12

31 Dec 
13

31 Dec 
14

31 Dec 
15

31 Dec 
16

31 Dec 
17

31 Dec 
18

  CLS Holdings

  FTSE ALL SHARE

  FTSE 350

  FTSE RE SS

Total remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer

CEO’s total single figure (£000)

2010

481

2011

417

2012

352

2013

721

2014

349

2015

656

2016

828

PIP contribution as % of maximum

100%

81.7%

83.5%

86.5%

89.0%

81.0%

76.0%

94.1%

The Company has not operated an incentive plan other than the PIP over this period.

2017

2018

1,062

1,117

62.7%

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN REMUNERATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND EMPLOYEES
The table below shows how the percentage change in the Chief Executive Officer’s salary, benefits and bonus between 2017 and 
2018 compares with the percentage change in each of those components of pay for employees.

Salary

2017
£000

368

2018
£000

378

4,489

3,853

Percentage 
increase

2.7

16.5

Taxable Benefits

2018
£000

7

209

2017
£000

Percentage 
Increase

6

192

16.7

8.9

Bonus

2017
£000

236

2018
£000

162

1,807

1,925

Percentage 
Increase

(31.4)

(6.1)

CEO

Employees

The Group’s pay review, taking effect from 1 January 2019, awarded a percentage increase in wages and salaries of 3% to UK and 
German employees, 2.6% to French employees and 2.8% to its Swedish employee, subject to role-specific industry benchmarks.

The 2018 employee bonus pool has been adjusted to reflect revised calculations.

The nature and level of benefits to employees in the year ended 31 December 2018 was broadly similar to those of the previous year.

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF THE SPEND ON PAY

Remuneration paid to employees of the Group

Distributions to shareholders

Group revenue1

1  Representative of the Group’s cash-based operations which exclude unrealised fair value movements.
2   Comparative restated to reflect the deduction of amounts attributable to discontinued operations.

2017
£000

Percentage 
change

2018
£000

9,701

26,481

8,0362

25,870

133,026

120,3002

20.7

2.4

10.6

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  71

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
 
Statement of implementation of remuneration 
policy in the following financial year

The Company’s remuneration policy was approved at the AGM on 25 April 2017. The remuneration policy can be found on pages 51 
to 60 of the 2016 annual report and its key components together with how it is to be implemented in 2019, are set out below:

Element

Policy and Operation for 2019

Base Salary

No change to policy. Following the annual review, salaries for the executive directors for 2019 are:

Name

Henry Klotz

Fredrik Widlund

John Whiteley

Sten Mortstedt

2018
Salary 

2019
 Salary

Percentage 
change

£400,000 £412,000

£343,985 £354,305

£278,995 £287,365

£317,035 £326,545

3%

3%

3%

3%

The Group’s pay review, taking effect from 1 January 2019, awarded a percentage increase in wages and salaries 
of 3% to UK and German employees, 2.6% to French employees and 2.8% to its Swedish employee, subject to 
role-specific industry benchmarks.

Non-Executive  
Director Fees

Benefits

Pension

Performance 
Incentive Plan 
(‘PIP’)

Board membership

Senior Independent Director

Committee chairmanship

Committee membership

As per policy.

As per policy.

As per policy.

Both elements are outlined below:

2018 

2019 

Percentage 
change

£30,000

£45,000

£5,000

£10,000

£8,000

£10,000

£5,000

£5,000

50%

100%

25%

0%

ELEMENT A
 — Maximum annual contribution into a Participant’s Plan Account of 150% of salary.
 — Contributions will be earned based on the Company’s KPIs and the individual’s personal performance rating.
 — Contributions will be made for three years with payments made over four years.
 — 50% of the value of a Participant’s Plan Account will be paid out annually for three years with 100% of the 

residual value paid out at the end of year four.

 — 50% of the unpaid balance of a Participant’s Plan account will be at risk of annual forfeiture, the application of 

which will take account of relative TSR, absolute TSR, strategic, financial and operational performance. 

ELEMENT B
 — Maximum annual deferred share award of up to 100% of salary.
 — Deferred share award will be earned based on the same performance conditions as set for Element A.
 — Shares earned under Element B are subject to a three-year vesting period during which the participant must 
remain employed by the Company and also cannot be sold for five years from the date of award, irrespective 
of employment status. Awards under Element B will be made in March/April of the year following the year 
during which performance was measured.

 — The maximum opportunity for the executive directors for 2019 has been set at 80% of salary for the Chief 

Executive Officer and 65% for the Chief Financial Officer.

72  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceRemuneration report (continued)
Statement of implementation of remuneration 
policy in the following financial year

Element

Policy and Operation for 2019

Performance 
Incentive Plan 
(“PIP”) continued

For 2019 the Committee reivewed the KPIs, their respective targets and weightings. It was concluded that the 
Administration Cost Ratio targets would be amended from to reflect the approved Group budget, which was 
commensurate with the growth of the Group (2018 targets can be found on page 66). All remaining KPIs, their 
targets and weightings remain unchanged.

The following table sets out the maximum bonus which can be earned in respect of each KPI for 2019, expressed 
as a percentage of salary:

KPIs

Total Shareholder Return (absolute)

Total Shareholder Return (relative)

Vacancy Rate

Administration cost ratio (as % of Net Rental Income)

Personal Performance

Total Accounting Return (previously EPRA NAV Growth)

Available Bonus Target as a % of salary

Performance breakdown (%)

CEO (Max 
bonus 
target)

CFO (Max 
bonus 
target)

37.5

22.5

22.5

22.5

15.0

30.0

25.0

15.0

10.0

20.0

10.0

20.0

150.0

100.0

The following table sets out the targets for 2019 in respect of each KPI:

KPI

Maximum 
forfeiture

Bonus/
forfeiture 
threshold

On target 
performance

Good 
performance

Maximum 
performance

Total Shareholder Return (absolute)

1%

3%

12%

14%

16%

Total Shareholder Return (relative) 

Vacancy Rate

Administration Cost Ratio (as % of Net Rental)

Personal Performance

Lower 
Quartile

 10%

19.0%

2

Total Accounting Return (previously EPRA NAV Growth)

0.0%

(linear)

Median

(linear)

Upper 
Quartile

 8%

 5%

4%

3%

18.0%

17.0%

16.0%

15.0%

2.5

3.0%

4

6.0%

4.5

7.5%

5

9.0%

All Employee 
Share Plan

Founder  
Shareholder

The Company operates a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) to allow all employees, including executive directors, 
to share in the potential value created by the Company. Matching shares offered at a ratio of one for every 
partnership share purchased. Mr Widlund and Mr Whiteley participate in this scheme.

As per policy.

CONSIDERATION OF MATTERS RELATING TO DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
As set out in this report, the Remuneration Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the remuneration policy for 
executive directors and for setting their remuneration packages. The Committee also has oversight of the remuneration policy and 
packages for other senior members of staff.

DIRECTORS’ CONTRACTS
Each of the executive directors has a service contract of no fixed term, save for Mr Whiteley who is due to retire on 30 June 2019. 
There is no provision in the contracts of Mr Mortstedt, Mr Klotz, Mr Widlund or Mr Whiteley for contractual termination payments, 
save for those payments normally due under employment law.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  73

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
Each non-executive director has a letter of appointment but, in accordance with best practice, none has a service contract. All of the 
non-executive directors are appointed until such time as they are not re-elected. In compliance with the Code, all Company Directors 
will face re-election at the Company’s AGM in April. If a director fails to be re-elected the terms of their appointment will cease. It is 
the Company’s policy not to offer notice periods of more than 12 months exercisable by either party. 

Details of the service contracts or letters of appointment of those who served as directors during the year are as follows:

Name 

Henry Klotz

Fredrik Widlund

John Whiteley

Sten Mortstedt 

Malcolm Cooper

Elizabeth Edwards

Christopher Jarvis

Bengt Mortstedt

Anna Seeley

Lennart Sten

Executive 

Executive

Executive

Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Contract Date

Notice Period (months)

10 November 2015

3 November 2014

1 October 2009

1 January 2005

15 June 2007

13 May 2014

25 November 2008

7 March 2017

11 May 2015

1 August 2014

6

12

n/a1

12

3

3

3

3

3

3

1  Mr Whiteley’s notice period was 6 months; his contract has been amended to reflect his intended retirement on 30 June 2019, which date may be altered by 

mutual agreement.

ADVISERS TO THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
During the year, the Committee sought advice from its remuneration consultants, PwC, whom the Committee appointed in relation 
to the Performance Incentive Plan and general matters related to remuneration, and from the Company Secretary in relation to peer 
group remuneration analysis. PwC is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and has signed up to that group’s 
Code of Conduct. The fees for the advice provided by PwC were £60,025 (2017: £84,950). The fees were fixed on the basis of agreed 
projects. The Committee reviews the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from PwC at a private meeting each year. 
It is satisfied that PwC is providing independent, robust and professional advice.

SHAREHOLDER VOTING
The following table represents the voting at the 2018 Annual General Meeting. The existing Policy was approved at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting:

In favour

Against

Total votes cast

Votes withheld

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
(2017 AGM)

Directors Remuneration Report
(2018 AGM)

Number  
 of votes

% of  
votes cast

Number  
 of votes

% of  
votes cast

27,785,622

4,633,023

32,418,645

13,488

85.7

320,312,662

14.3

14,436,310

95.7

4.31

334,748,972

34,861

See the Committee Chairman’s Annual Statement on page 61 for the Committee’s analysis and actions. 

On behalf of the Board Committee

Christopher Jarvis
Chairman 
Remuneration Committee 
7 March 2019

74  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report

The Directors present their annual report and the audited financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018.

The Chairman’s Statement, Strategic report and corporate governance report form part of this report and should be read in 
conjunction with it.

REVIEW OF BUSINESS
 — The Group income statement for the year is set out on page 90.
 — The Group objective, business model and strategy is set out on pages 8-11. KPIs are set out on pages 16 and 17.
 — Important events (including post balance sheet events) affecting the Company are set out on pages 6 to 35.
 — The principal risks and uncertainties are set out on pages 18 and 19.
 — The use of financial instruments are set out on page 28, and in note 23 to the Group financial statements.
 — The risk management objectives are also detailed in note 23 to the Group financial statements.
 — The Group’s likely future developments are set out on pages 6 and 7.

DIRECTORS
Biographical details of the current Directors of the Company are set out on pages 40 and 41. 

All Directors will be subject to annual re-election at the 2019 Annual General Meeting in accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. In his role as Executive Chairman, Henry Klotz recommends the re-election of the retiring Directors at the 2019 
Annual General Meeting, given their performance and continued important contribution to the Company. The Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director recommends the re-election of Mr Klotz.

Directors remuneration and interests in shares is set out on pages 61 to 74.

Related party transactions are set out in note 34 to the Group financial statements.

DIVIDENDS
An interim dividend of 2.20 pence per share was paid on 28 September 2018. The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 
4.70 pence per share making a total dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 6.90 pence per share. The final dividend 
will be paid on 29 April 2019 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 5 April 2019.

PURCHASE OF THE COMPANY’S SHARES
There were no purchases of the Company’s own shares during the year. A resolution will be proposed at the 2019 Annual General 
Meeting to give the Company authority to make market purchases of up to 40,739,576 shares, being 10% of the current issued 
share capital.

SHARE CAPITAL
Changes in share capital are shown in note 25 to the Group financial statements. At 31 December 2018, and at the date of this report, 
the Company’s issued share capital consisted of 438,777,780 ordinary shares of 2.5 pence each, of which 407,395,760 held voting 
rights and 31,382,020 shares were held as treasury shares, and all of which ranked pari passu. The rights (including full details 
relating to voting), obligations and any restrictions on transfer relating to the Company’s shares, and the powers of the Directors 
in that regard, are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  75

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information MAJOR INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY’S SHARES
Other than Mr Sten Mortstedt’s 51.39% interest referred to in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, on page 70, as at 7 March 2019 the 
Company has been notified of the following interests above 3% in the Company’s issued share capital: 

Fidelity Worldwide Invesments

Bengt Mortstedt

Bank of Montreal

Invesco

No. of shares

% 

39,220,258

28,072,550

24,656,247

20,513,376

9.63%

6.52%

5.29%

5.04%

Details of the Directors’ interests in shares are shown in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 70. There are no 
shareholders who carry special rights with regard to control of the Company and there are no restrictions on voting rights. 
The Company knows of no agreements between holders of securities which would result in restrictions on the transfer of 
securities or on voting rights.

SIGNIFICANT AGREEMENTS – CHANGE OF CONTROL
A change of control of the Company may cause a number of agreements to which the Company or its active subsidiaries is party, 
such as commercial trading contracts, banking arrangements, property leases and licence agreements, to alter or terminate or 
provisions in those agreements to take effect. In the context of the Group as a whole, only the banking arrangements are considered 
to be significant. There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for 
loss of office or employment that occur because of a change of control.

RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT – CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDER
As at 31 December 2018, Creative Value Investment Group Limited (“CVIG”), the investment vehicle for the Sten and Karin Mortstedt 
Family and Charity Trust, held through its wholly owned subsidiaries 51.38% of the Company’s shares in issue and was therefore 
seen as a controlling shareholder under the Listing Rules.

Pursuant to Listing Rule 9.8.4, the Company has entered into a relationship agreement which shall only be terminated in the event 
that CVIG ceases to be a controlling shareholder, or if the Company ceases to be admitted to listing on the premium segment of the 
Official List. Throughout the period under review, the Company has complied with the mandatory independence provisions and 
procurement obligations in the relationship agreement, and as far as the Company is aware, CVIG has also complied.

PROPERTY PORTFOLIO
A valuation of all the investment properties and properties held for sale in the Group at 31 December 2018 was carried out by 
Cushman and Wakefield for the UK and Germany, and Jones Lang Lasalle for France, which produced an aggregate market value 
of £1,892.4 million (2017: £1,771.3 million). 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Corporate Governance Statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules, is set out on pages 38 to 74 and forms part of this report.

EMPLOYEES, ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES
The Group’s policies on employment, environmental and social issues (including the information required by the Companies Act 
2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013), including charitable donations, are summarised in the Corporate, 
Social and Environmental Responsibility Report on pages 30 to 35. No political donations to any parties, organisations or candidates, 
or political expenditure were made during 2018. The Group notes the Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 
2017 which came into force in April 2017. The regulations apply to companies with over 250 employees, and as a result the Group is 
not required to report this information, however it is actively looking at ways in which to gather and report this data on a voluntary 
basis in the future. The Group has also published a CSER Report, which is available on line at www.clsholdings.com.

76  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report (continued)

HUMAN RIGHTS
The Board ensures the Group upholds and promotes respect for human rights in all its current operating locations and aims 
to prevent any negative human rights impact. As the Group operates in the UK, Germany and France it is subject to the European 
Convention on Human Rights and the UK Human Rights Act 1998. The Group respects all human rights and in conducting its 
business regards those rights relating to non-discrimination and fair treatment to be the most relevant and to have the greatest 
potential impact on its key stakeholders, which are deemed to be customers, employees and suppliers. The Board has also noted 
its moral and legal obligations under the Modern Slavery Act 2015. The Board has a zero tolerance approach towards modern 
slavery, and throughout the year the Company has contacted its first tier contractors and suppliers. Our full statement on Modern 
Slavery can be found on our website at www.clsholdings.com. The Group’s policies seek to ensure that employees comply with 
the relevant legislation and regulations in place to promote good practice. The Group’s policies are formulated and kept up to date 
and communicated to all employees through the Group Intranet and, where appropriate, individual presentations. In the year to 
31 December 2018, the Group was not aware of any incident in which the organisation’s activities have resulted in an abuse of 
human rights.

INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND INDEMNITIES
The Company has arranged insurance cover in respect of legal action against its Directors and Officers. The Company has granted 
indemnities to each of the Directors and other senior management, uncapped in amount but subject to applicable law, in relation to 
certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors or employees of the Company or one or more 
of its subsidiaries or associates.

AUDITOR
A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP as auditor to the Company will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

2019 ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The 2019 Annual General Meeting will be held on Thursday, 25 April 2019. The notice of meeting, including explanatory notes for the 
resolutions to be proposed, will be posted to shareholders.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO THE AUDITOR
Each Director has confirmed at the date of this report that:

 — so far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and
 — they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and should be 
interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

GOING CONCERN
The current macro-economic conditions have created a number of uncertainties as set out on pages 18 and 19. The Group’s 
business activities, and the factors likely to affect its future development and performance, are set out in the Strategic Report on 
pages 6 to 35. The financial position of the Group, its liquidity position and borrowing facilities are described in the Strategic Report 
and in notes 18 and 21 of the Group financial statements. The Directors regularly stress-test the business model to ensure that 
the Group has adequate working capital and have reviewed the current and projected financial positions of the Group, taking into 
account the repayment profile and covenants of the Group’s loan portfolio, and making reasonable assumptions about future trading 
performance. The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future and further details of this analysis are set out in the Viability Statement on page 52. 
Therefore, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and accounts.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  77

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information DISCLOSURES UNDER LISTING RULE 9.8.4R
The table below is included to comply with the disclosure requirements under Listing Rule 9.8.4R. The information required by the 
Listing Rules can be found in the Annual Report at the location stated below.

Listing Rule

Information required

9.8.4(1)

9.8.4(2)

9.8.4(4)

9.8.4(5)

9.8.4(6)

9.8.4(7)

9.8.4(8)

9.8.4(9)

9.8.4(10)

9.8.4(11)

9.8.4(12)

9.8.4(13)

9.8.4(14)

Interest capitalised by the Group

Publication of unaudited financial information

Long-term incentive schemes with directors

Director’s waiver of emoluments

Director’s waiver of future emoluments

Non pro rata allotments for cash (issuer)

Non pro rata allotments for cash (major subsidiaries)

Listed company is subsidiary of another company

Contracts of significance with a director

Contracts of significance with Controlling Shareholder

Dividend waiver

Waiver of future dividends

Relationship Agreement with controlling shareholder

Disclosure

Note 9

None

None

Page 65

None

None

None

None

None

None

Not applicable

Not applicable

Page 76

The following table is included to comply with the additional disclosure requirements under the Listing Rule 9.8.6 

Listing Rule

Information Required

9.8.6(1)

9.8.6(2)

Directors’ (and Connected Persons’) interests in CLS shares at year end  
and at not more than one month prior to the date of the AGM notice

Interests in CLS shares disclosed under DTR5 at year end and not more than 
one month prior to the date of AGM notice

Page 78

Disclosure

Page 69

9.8.6(3)

The going concern statement

Page 77

9.8.6(4)(a)

Amount of authority to purchase own shares available at year end

The Company had the authority to 
purchase 40,739,576 shares at the 
year end

9.8.6(4)(b)

Off-market purchases of own shares during the year

9.8.6(4)(c)

Off-market purchases of own shares since year end

9.8.6(4)(d)

Non-pro rata sales of treasury shares during the year

None

None

None

9.8.6(5)

Compliance with the Main Principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code

Page 42

9.8.6(6)(b)

Details of non-compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

Pages 38-60

9.8.6(7)

Directors proposed for re-election: the unexpired term of any Director’s 
service contract and a statement about Directors with no service contracts

Pages 40, 41 and 75

On behalf of the Board

David Fuller BA FCIS
Company Secretary 
7 March 2019

78  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Corporate governanceDirector’s responsibility statement

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation, and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with FRS101 of United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:
 — select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
 — make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
 — state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 

explained in the financial statements; and

 — prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue 

in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:
 — properly select and apply accounting policies;
 — present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 

understandable information;

 — provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and

 — make an assessment of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
 — the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, 

liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

 — the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company 

and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and

 — the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information 

necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

This statement of responsibilities was approved by the Board on 7 March 2019.

On behalf of the Board

David Fuller BA FCIS
Company Secretary 
7 March 2019

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  79

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Financial 
statements

80  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

In this section:

82 

Independent auditor’s report to the 
members of CLS Holdings plc

90  Group income statement and  

statement of comprehensive income

91  Group statement of comprehensive 

income

92  Group balance sheet

93  Group statement of changes in equity

94  Group statement of cash flows

95  Notes to the Group financial 

statements

126  Company balance sheet

127  Company statement of changes 

in equity

128  Notes to the Company financial 

statements

Harman House, Uxbridge  
Multi-let building, fully let 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  81

Independent auditor’s report
To the members of CLS Holdings plc

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OPINION
In our opinion:
• the financial statements of CLS Holdings plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) give a true and fair view of the 
state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2018 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

• the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 

group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
• the Group Income Statement;
• the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income;
• the Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets;
• the Group Statement of Cash Flows;
• the Group and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity; and 
• the related notes 1 to 34 to the Group financial statements and 1 to 15 to the Parent Company financial statements.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

We identified during 2018 that we had extended our provision of certain tax services beyond the original scope for an immaterial entity 
in Sweden that did not form a significant part of our group audit, and upon which we did not provide a separate audit opinion. The entity 
contributes 0.45% of the net assets of the group, the work performed resulted in a wholly immaterial change to the tax position of the group, 
our non-audit fees for this service were £15,500. This service was considered to have a direct effect on the financial statements of the 
subsidiary and therefore is deemed to be prohibited by paragraph 5.167R of the FRC’s Ethical Standard although the amounts involved were 
well below our reporting threshold. Upon identifying the breach, we immediately ceased providing all tax services to the group. We confirm, 
that based on our assessment of this breach and the subsequent actions taken, these services did not, in our view, impact upon our 
integrity, objectivity and independence as auditor to the group. 

Other than the matter referred to above, and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we confirm that no non-audit services prohibited by 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard were provided to the group or parent company. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

SUMMARY OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Key audit matters

Materiality

Scoping

Significant changes 
in our approach

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were the valuation of the investment property 
portfolio and accounting for significant transactions.
The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was £22.5m based on 2% of net assets. 
For testing of balances that impacted EPRA adjusted profit before tax, a lower materiality of £3.5m was 
used based on 5% of that measure.
We subject all locations in which CLS operate to specific audit procedures, this accounts for 100% of the 
Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax.
There has been no significant change in our approach from the prior year. 

82  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsCONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN, PRINCIPAL RISKS AND VIABILITY STATEMENT
GOING CONCERN
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in 2.1 to the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s 
and company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements.

We confirm that we have nothing 
material to report, add or draw 
attention to in respect of these matters.

We considered as part of our risk assessment the nature of the group, its business 
model and related risks including where relevant the impact of Brexit, the 
requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of 
internal control. We evaluated the directors’ assessment of the group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and key 
assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluated the directors’ plans for 
future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the 
statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND VIABILITY STATEMENT
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they were 
consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the 
knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and 
the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether 
we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

• the disclosures on pages 18-19 that describe the principal risks and explain how they 

are being managed or mitigated;

• the directors’ confirmation on page 42 that they have carried out a robust 

assessment of the principal risks facing the group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

• the directors’ explanation on page 52 as to how they have assessed the prospects of 
the group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to 
be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the 
prospects of the group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We confirm that we have nothing 
material to report, add or draw 
attention to in respect of these matters.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  83

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of CLS Holdings plc

VALUATION OF THE INVESTMENT PROPERTY PORTFOLIO 

Key audit 
matter description

The assessment of the carrying value of the investment property portfolio, specifically the process, 
assumption and judgements used to derive the property valuations. 

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

The Group’s investment properties in the UK, Germany, and France are held at £1,888.1m at 31 December 
2018 (31 December 2017: £1,753.4m), see note 13 for full disclosure, making this the most quantitatively 
material balance in the financial statements.

The valuation of the portfolio is a significant judgement area that is underpinned by a number of assumptions 
including capitalisation yields and future lease income. Our key audit matter in relation to the valuation of the 
investment property portfolio is pinpointed to the judgement within the inputs used in the data supplied to 
the Group’s valuers for the valuation process and the risk of potential manipulation of this by management in 
order to fraudulently misstate the valuation.

Refer to the audit committee report on page 58 where this is included as a significant issue. The relevant 
accounting policy for the Group is presented in note 2 on page 97.

We assessed the design and implementation of key controls in respect of this business process. 

We assessed management’s process for reviewing the valuations of the property portfolio.

We utilised the expertise of a real estate specialist and chartered surveyor for our challenge of the investment 
property valuations, in particular to analyse those inputs used in the data supplied to the Group’s valuers for 
the valuation process.

We obtained the external valuation reports and met with the external valuers of the property portfolio to 
discuss, understand and challenge the valuation process, estimated rental values, performance of the 
portfolio, significant assumptions and critical judgement areas, including occupancy rates, yields and 
development milestones. 

As part of our meeting with the external valuers we assessed their competence, independence and integrity.

Our real estate specialist provided relevant industry data for the UK and drew on local expertise in the 
European markets in which CLS operates. This was used to benchmark the portfolio performance and key 
assumptions used to assess whether the external evidence supported the assumptions used by the valuers. 

Finally, we assessed, on a sample basis, the integrity of information provided to the valuer, relating to rental 
income, to evaluate whether it was consistent with the relevant leases. 

Key observations

We concluded that the assumptions applied in arriving at the fair value of the Group’s property portfolio 
were appropriate.

ACCOUNTING FOR SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS 

Key audit 
matter description

The assessment of the accounting treatment for the most significant transactions. 

In January 2019, the Group’s announced that it had exchanged contracts to sell its 58% holding in First Camp 
Sverige Holding AB (“First Camp”). This transaction has resulted in two significant judgements being made 
by management:
• The decision to treat First Camp as discontinued operations in accordance with IFRS 5 in these financial 

statements; and 

• To recognise a write down of £17.9m against the assets within First Camp to their recoverable amount per 

the exchanged contract.

The discontinued operations have been presented in note 24. 

84  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsHow the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

We assessed the design and implementation of key controls in respect of this business process. 

We have obtained and challenged management’s workings and memorandum in respect of this transaction 
and the subsequent accounting treatment in the group accounts.

We have challenged the classification as discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5 in particular 
whether this constitutes the groups departure from a separate line of business. 

We have audited the transaction by agreeing the key amounts to the exchanged contracts and to the audited 
reporting package for First Camp.

Key observations

In respect of the classification as a discontinued operation we concur with management’s treatment to 
be in accordance with IFRS 5. We conclude the underlying workings for the transaction to be free from 
material misstatement.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of 
our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£22.5m (2017: £20.7)

£16.8m (2017: £15.5m)

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

We used a lower materiality for those items 
impacting EPRA adjusted profit before tax of £2.6m 
(2017: £1.6m). 

We continue to consider EPRA adjusted profit 
before tax to be a critical performance measure 
for the Group and we applied a lower materiality 
of £3.5m (2017: £2.2m) for testing of balances 
impacting that measure, being most balance 
sheet and income statement balances with the 
exception primarily of fair value movements 
on investment property, investments and 
financial instruments.

Basis for 
determining materiality

We have determined materiality for the Group and Parent Company based on 2% (2017: 2%) of 
net assets. 

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

For testing of balances that impact EPRA adjusted profit before tax, a basis of 5% (2017: 5%) of that 
measure has been used.

As an investment property company, the main focus of management is to generate long-term capital 
value from the investment property portfolio and, therefore, we consider net assets to be the most 
appropriate basis for materiality. The increase in materiality from the prior year reflects the increase in 
net assets driven by the uplift in the valuation of the investment property portfolio, largely as a result of 
the favourable exchange rate movements.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  85

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of CLS Holdings plc

Net assets
£1,123m

  Net assets

  Group materiality

Group materiality
£22.5m

Component materiality range
£16.8m to £6.7m

Audit Committee reporting threshold
£1.1m

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £1.1m (2017: £1.0m), 
as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit 
Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risk of material misstatement at the Group level. Based on that assessment, and consistent with our conclusion on 
scoping in the prior year, we focused our Group audit scope on the audit work at each of the Group’s principal business units, being 
the UK, Germany and France. These locations represent the principal business units of the group and are considered by us to be 
the significant components. These components, together with the audit work performed directly by the Group audit team, account 
for 100% (2017: 100%) of the Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax. All business units were subject to specific audit 
procedures. This approach provides an appropriate basis for undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement 
identified above. 

Our audit work at each of the three significant business units has been executed by Deloitte component auditors at levels of 
materiality applicable to each individual business unit which were lower than Group materiality and ranged from £6.7 million to 
£16.8 million (2017: £8.3 million to £15.6 million) with lower materialities being used for those items impacting EPRA adjusted profit 
before tax, consistent with the Group audit approach.

The audit work on the key audit matters has been led by the Group audit team, supplemented by specific procedures by the 
component auditors to gain assurance over the information provided to the valuers only. The component auditors’ work has 
been reviewed by the Group team on site for the German component and remotely for the French component in the current year 
and, where necessary, component auditors carried out further testing at our request, the UK component is audited by the Group 
audit team. 

At the Group level we tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there 
were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information.

All component audit partners are included in our team briefing where their risk assessment is discussed and there is frequent 
two-way communication between the Group and component teams. In the year, we have visited our component team in Germany to 
perform our file review and attend the local close meeting, we attended the French close meeting via a teleconference call.

86  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsOTHER INFORMATION
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

We have nothing to report  
in respect of these matters.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we 
are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected 
material misstatements of the other information include where we conclude that:

• Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they 

consider the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

• Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does 

not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or
• Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts 

of the directors’ statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the company’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified 
for review by the auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly 
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  87

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Independent auditor’s report continued
To the members of CLS Holdings plc

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Details of the extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud are set out below.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF DETECTING IRREGULARITIES, INCLUDING FRAUD
We identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and then 
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, including obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

IDENTIFYING AND ASSESSING POTENTIAL RISKS RELATED TO IRREGULARITIES
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, our procedures included the following:
• enquiring of management and the audit committee, including obtaining and reviewing supporting documentation, concerning  

the group’s policies and procedures relating to:
 – identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance;
 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

• discussing among the engagement team, including significant component audit teams, and involving relevant internal specialists, 

including tax, real estate, and financial instrument specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial 
statements and any potential indicators of fraud. As part of this discussion, we identified potential for fraud in the information sent 
to the valuers for use in valuing the group’s investment property; and

• obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the group operates in, focusing on those laws and 

regulations that had a direct effect on the financial statements or that had a fundamental effect on the operations of the group. 
The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, and tax legislation. 

AUDIT RESPONSE TO RISKS IDENTIFIED 
As a result of performing the above, we identified the valuation of the investment property portfolio as a key audit matter. The key 
audit matters section of our report explains the matter in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in 
response to that key audit matter. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
• reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with relevant laws 

and regulations discussed above;

• enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
• performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 

misstatement due to fraud;

• reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance and reviewing correspondence with HMRC; and
• in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 

adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
including internal specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-
compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

88  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsREPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
• the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and of the parent company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
ADEQUACY OF EXPLANATIONS RECEIVED AND ACCOUNTING RECORDS
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
• the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain 
disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of these matters.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of these matters.

OTHER MATTERS
AUDITOR TENURE
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by The Board of CLS Holdings plc on 23 May 2007 to 
audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2007 and subsequent financial periods. Following a competitive 
tender process, we were reappointed as auditor for the period ending 31 December 2017 and subsequent financial periods. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is twelve years, covering 
the years ending 31 December 2007 to 31 December 2018.

CONSISTENCY OF THE AUDIT REPORT WITH THE ADDITIONAL REPORT TO THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the 
opinions we have formed.

Georgina Robb FCA (Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 
7 March 2019

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  89

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Group income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Continuing operations
Group revenue

Net rental income
Administration expenses
Other expenses

Group revenue less costs
Net movements on revaluation of investment properties
Net movements on revaluation of equity investments
Profit on sale of properties
Gain on sale of other financial instruments, net of impairments

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs
Share of loss of associates after tax

Profit before tax
Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Discontinued operations

(Loss)/profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

 Earnings per share (expressed in pence per share)

Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic and diluted (loss)/earnings per share from discontinued operations

Basic and diluted earnings per share

The notes on pages 95 to 125 are an integral part of these Group financial statements.

Notes

2018 
£m

Restated
2017  
£m

4

4
 5

13
 16

8
9
15

10

6

24

11

133.0

 107.3
 (17.8)
 (13.2)

 76.3
 62.8
 22.2
 2.3
 1.7

 165.3
6.1
 (26.5)
 –

 144.9
 (12.1)

 132.8

 (14.9)

 117.9

124.3
 (6.4)

 117.9

32.6
(2.1)

30.5 

120.3

100.0
(14.6)
(12.2)

73.2
94.2
 –
43.7
2.5

213.6
10.0
(32.4)
(0.7)

190.5
(33.5)

157.0

 0.9

157.9 

157.7
0.2

157.9

38.5
0.2

38.7

2017 has been restated to separate the individual line items of discontinued operations from those of continuing operations, see 
note 24. 

90  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statements 
Group statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign exchange differences

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Fair value (loss)/gains on corporate bonds and other financial investments
Fair value gains taken to gain on sale of other financial investments, 

net of impairments

Revaluation of property, plant and equipment
Fair value of gains taken to profit on sale of properties
Deferred tax on net fair value gains
Discontinued operations

Total items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

The notes on pages 95 to 125 are an integral part of these Group financial statements.

2017 has been restated to separate items that are attributable to discontinued operations.

Notes

2018  
£m

Restated 
2017  
£m

 117.9

157.9

16

14

20

 3.6

7.7

 (7.4)

13.9

 (0.4)
 (0.4)
 –
 0.6
1.5

 (6.1)

(0.9)
(0.9)
(3.9)
0.5
0.8

9.5

 115.4

175.1

121.4
 (6.0)

 115.4

174.4
0.7

175.1

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  91

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Group balance sheet
at 31 December 2018

Non-current assets

Investment properties
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill and intangibles
Investments in associates
Other financial investments
Derivative financial instruments
Deferred tax

Current assets

Trade and other receivables
Properties held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents 
Assets of discontinued operations

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Current tax
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings
Liabilities of discontinued operations

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Notes

13
14

15
16 
22
20

17

22
 18
24

19

 22
 21
 24

20
21
22

25
27
28

2018  
£m

Restated 
2017  
£m

 1,888.1
 33.7
 1.4
 –
 107.8
 –
 3.5

 2,034.5

 12.3
 4.3
 –
 100.3
 56.1

 173.0

1,753.4
33.4
1.3
–
121.6
0.1
3.3

1,913.1

8.7
17.9
0.6
 146.0
 71.1

244.3

 2,207.5

2,157.4

 (51.9)
 (7.0)
(0.5)
 (66.3)
 (44.3)

(54.4)
(11.5)
 –
 (96.4)
 (44.9)

 (170.0)

(207.2)

 (139.3)
 (770.6)
 (4.6)

 (914.5)

(135.1)
(774.9)
(6.9)

(916.9)

 (1,084.5)

(1,124.1)

 1,123.0

1,033.3

 11.0
 83.1
 123.0
 905.1

1,122.2
 0.8

1,123.0

11.0
83.1
143.0
789.4

1,026.5
6.8

1,033.3

The financial statements of CLS Holdings plc (registered number: 2714781) were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised 
for issue on 7 March 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mr E H Klotz
Executive Chairman

The notes on pages 95 to 125 are an integral part of these Group financial statements.
2017 has been restated to separate the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations from those of continuing operations, see 
note 24.

92  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsGroup statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Arising in 2018:
Total comprehensive income for the year

Employee Performance Incentive Plan 

charge

Reclassify fair value movements on 
equity investments (note 2.1)

Dividends to shareholders

Total changes arising in 2018
At 1 January 2018

At 31 December 2018

Arising in 2017:
Total comprehensive income for the year
Employee Performance Incentive 

Plan charge

Dividends to shareholders

Total changes arising in 2017
At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017

Share  
capital  
£m  
Note 25

Share  
premium  
£m  
Note 27

Other  
reserves  
£m  
Note 28

Retained  
earnings  
£m

Non-
controlling 
interest  
£m

Total  
£m

Total  
equity  
£m

 –

 –

 –
 –

 –
 11.0

11.0

–

 –

– 
 – 

 –
83.1

83.1

 (2.9)

 124.3

 121.4

 (6.0)

 115.4

 0.8

 –

 0.8

 (17.9)
 –

 (20.0)
 143.0

 17.9
 (26.5)

 115.7
 789.4

 –
 (26.5)

 95.7
 1,026.5

 –

 –
 –

 0.8

 –
 (26.5)

 (6.0)
 6.8

 89.7
 1,033.3

 123.0

 905.1

 1,122.2

 0.8

 1,123.0

Share  
capital  
£m  
Note 25

Share  
premium  
£m  
Note 27

Other  
reserves  
£m  
Note 28

Retained  
earnings  
£m

Non-
controlling 
interest  
£m

Total  
£m

–

–
–

–
11.0

11.0

–

–
–

–
83.1

83.1

16.7

157.7

174.4

0.4
–

17.1
125.9

143.0

–
(24.7)

133.0
656.4

789.4

0.4
(24.7)

150.1
876.4

1,026.5

0.7

–
–

0.7
6.1

6.8

Total  
equity  
£m

175.1

0.4
(24.7)

150.8
882.5

1,033.3

The notes on pages 95 to 125 are an integral part of these Group financial statements.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  93

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Notes

29

Group statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Income tax paid on operating activities

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of investment properties
Capital expenditure on investment properties
Proceeds from sale of properties
Income tax paid on sale of properties
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of corporate bonds
Proceeds from sale of corporate bonds
Proceeds from sale of equity investments
Dividends received from equity investments
Purchase of intangibles
Net cash flow from discontinued operations
Costs on foreign currency transactions

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
New loans
Issue costs of new loans
Repayment of loans

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Cash flow element of net (decrease) /increase in cash and cash equivalents
Foreign exchange gains

Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

18

2018 
£m

72.9
4.4
(24.2)
(5.1)

48.0

(70.9)
(15.8)
48.8
 (7.9)
(2.0)
(39.7)
68.7
1.0
1.7
 (0.1)
1.0
(0.9)

(16.1)

(26.5)
137.7
(1.8)
(181.7)

(72.3)

(40.4)
0.2

(40.2)
140.5

100.3

Restated 
2017  
£m

73.7
6.8
(24.1)
(7.6)

48.8

(230.8)
(24.2)
241.9
 (8.5)
(1.1)
(11.9)
12.0
5.6
1.4
 – 
(0.3)
(3.8)

(19.7)

(24.7)
211.6
(2.5)
(176.4)

8.0

37.1
5.1

42.2
98.3

140.5

The notes on pages 95 to 125 are an integral part of these Group financial statements.

Income tax paid on the sale of properties has been disclosed within cash flows from investing activities as it is a direct cost 
associated with property sales. Previously income tax paid on sale of properties was included within income tax paid on 
operating activities.

94  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statements 
 
Notes to the Group financial statements
31 December 2018

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
CLS Holdings plc (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together “CLS Holdings” or the “Group”) is an investment property group 
which is principally involved in the investment, management and development of commercial properties, and in other investments. 
The Group’s principal operations are carried out in the United Kingdom, Germany and France.

The Company is registered in the UK, registration number 2714781, with its registered address at 16 Tinworth Street,  
London SE11 5AL. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these Group financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

2.1 BASIS OF PREPARATION
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis as explained in the Directors’ Report on page 77 and 
have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union, 
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations, and the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

NEW STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS
In the current year, the Group has applied a number of new standards and amendments to IFRSs issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2018. 
With the exception of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the 
amounts reported in these financial statements. These new standards and amendments are listed below:

• IFRS 2 (amendments) Classification and measurement of share-based payment transactions
• IAS 40 (amendments) Transfers of Investment Property
• IFRIC 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and advance consideration
• IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments

Listed equity securities (see note 16) were previously treated as available for sale and held at fair value 
on the balance sheet. Under IAS 39, movements in fair value were recognised directly in equity through 
other comprehensive income. On derecognition or impairment of these assets, any gains previously 
recognised in equity were recycled to the income statement. Under IFRS 9, listed equity securities 
are now classified as financial assets at fair value through profit and loss and fair value movements 
are recognised directly in the income statement. On transition to IFRS 9 this resulted in a material 
reclassification of the available for sale reserve to retained earnings. The amount reclassified on 
transition was £17.9 million.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  95

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have 
been issued but are not yet effective and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the EU:

• IFRS 16 Leases
• IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
• IFRS 4 (amendments) Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts
• Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2012–2014 Cycle
• IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
• IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of 
the Group in future periods.

In relation to IFRS 16 (which has not yet been endorsed by the EU), as the Group is predominantly a lessor this standard will not have 
a material impact on adoption. Where the Group is currently a lessee, this relates to immaterial contracts.

2.2 BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
(I) SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS
Subsidiary undertakings are those entities controlled by the Group. Control is assumed when the Group has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies of an entity or business to benefit from its activities. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the 
date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date control ceases. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and 
expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

(II) ASSOCIATES
Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence but which are not subsidiary undertakings or joint 
ventures. The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method 
of accounting. Investments in associates are carried in the balance sheet at cost as adjusted by post-acquisition changes in the 
Group’s share of the net assets of the associate, less any impairment in the value of individual investments.

(III) GOODWILL
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value 
of identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition. It is initially recognised as an asset at cost 
and is subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is 
reviewed for impairment at least annually.

2.3 NON CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
Non current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell.

Non current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the 
asset (or disposal group) is available for sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale which should be 
expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary 
are classified as held for sale when the criteria above are met, regardless of whether the Group will retain a non-controlling interest 
in its former subsidiary after sale.

96  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 20182 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
2.4 FOREIGN CURRENCY
(I) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated into sterling at the 
exchange rate ruling at that date, and differences arising on translation are recognised in profit before tax.

In relation to financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, exchange differences on the amortised 
cost of the financial assets are recognised in profit or loss in the ‘finance costs or finance income’ line item. Other exchange 
differences are recognised in other comprehensive income in the fair value reserve. For financial assets measured at fair value 
through profit and loss, exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the ‘finance costs or finance income’ line item.

(II) CONSOLIDATION OF FOREIGN ENTITIES
The results and financial position of all Group entities which have a functional currency different from sterling are translated into 
sterling as follows:

(a) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet;
(b) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at the average exchange rates; and
(c) all resulting exchange differences are recognised directly in equity in the cumulative translation reserve.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and 
other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to the cumulative translation reserve. When a 
foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognised as part of the gain or loss on sale in profit before tax.

2.5 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
Investment properties are those properties held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both. Investment properties 
are measured initially at cost, including related transaction costs. Additions to investment properties comprise costs of a capital 
nature; in the case of investment properties under development, these include capitalised interest and certain staff costs directly 
attributable to the management of the development. Capitalised interest is calculated at the rate on associated borrowings applied 
to direct expenditure between the date of gaining planning consent and the date of practical completion. The acquisition of an 
investment property is recognised when the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the Group, typically on 
unconditional exchange of contracts or when legal title passes. Profit on sale of an investment property is recognised when the 
risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, typically on unconditional exchange of contracts or when legal 
title passes.

Investment properties are carried at fair value, based on market value as determined by professional external valuers at the balance 
sheet date. Investment properties being redeveloped for continuing use as investment properties, or for which the market has 
become less active, continue to be classified as investment properties and measured at fair value. Changes in fair values are 
recognised in profit before tax.

2.6 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment is carried at fair value, based on market value as determined by professional external valuers at 
the balance sheet date, except for fixtures and fittings and head office fit-out which are stated at historical cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  97

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate cost 
less estimated residual values over the estimated useful lives, as follows:

Fixtures and fittings
Freehold property
Head Office fit-out
Hotel

4–5 years
6 years
10 years
20 years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit before tax.

2.7 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
(I) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, including swaps and interest rate caps, to help manage its interest rate and foreign 
exchange rate risk. Derivative financial instruments are recorded, and subsequently revalued, at fair value. Revaluation gains and 
losses are recognised in profit before tax, except for derivatives which qualify as effective cash flow hedges, the gains and losses 
relating to which are recognised in other comprehensive income.

(II) FINANCIAL ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (‘FVTOCI’)
Financial assets classified as at FVTOCI are initially measured at cost, and are subsequently revalued to fair value. Revaluation gains 
and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income, except for impairment losses and foreign exchange gains and losses on 
monetary assets. On disposal, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is recycled through 
profit before tax.

(III) FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS (‘FVTLP’)
Financial assets at FVTPL are initially measured at cost, and are subsequently revalued to fair value. Revaluation gains and losses 
are recognised in profit or loss. 

(IV) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments which 
are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

(V) TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PAYABLES
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. An impairment provision is created where there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect the receivable in full. Trade and other payables are stated at cost, which equates to 
fair value.

(VI) BORROWINGS
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequently, borrowings are stated 
at amortised cost with any difference between the amount initially recognised and the redemption value being recognised in profit 
before tax over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest rate method.

2.8 REVENUE
(I) RENTAL INCOME
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The cost of incentives is recognised 
over the lease term, on a straight-line basis, as a reduction of rental income.

(II) SERVICE CHARGE INCOME
Service charge income is recognised on a gross basis in the accounting period in which the services are rendered.

98  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 20182 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued
2.9 INCOME TAX
Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the values used for tax purposes. Temporary differences are not provided for when 
they arise from initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition of assets and liabilities in a transaction that does not 
affect accounting or taxable profit.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets 
and liabilities, and is calculated using rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is 
realised, in the tax jurisdiction in which the temporary differences arise. Deferred tax is charged or credited in arriving at profit after 
tax, except when it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised in 
other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
assets can be used. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset if they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 
authority, there is a legally enforceable right of set-off and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
In accordance with IAS 1, the Directors have considered the judgements that have been made in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies, which are described in note 2, and which of those judgements have the most significant effect on amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

In the opinion of the Directors, the following critical judgement was made for the year ended 31 December 2018:

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
Note 24 describes the proposed disposal of First Camp Sverige Holding (AB) (“First Camp”) which is expected to complete in early 
2019. This transaction has resulted in two significant judgements: first, the decision to treat First Camp as a discontinued operation 
in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, as the transaction represents the exit of the 
Group’s operational revenue earning activities in Sweden; and secondly, the recognition of a loss arising from the remeasurement 
of the investment to fair value less costs to sell. As a result of the reclassification of First Camp to discontinued operations, the 2017 
comparative amounts in the group income statement, group statement of comprehensive income, group balance sheet, group 
statement of cash flows and respective notes have been restated as appropriate.

KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY
The Group uses the valuations performed by its independent external valuers as the fair value of its investment properties. 
The valuations are based upon assumptions including future rental income, anticipated maintenance costs, future development 
costs and an appropriate discount rate (see note 13 for more detail). The valuers also make reference to market evidence 
of transaction prices for similar properties.

4 SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group has two operating divisions – Investment Property and Other Investments. Other Investments comprise the hotel at 
Spring Mews, corporate bonds, shares in Catena AB and other small corporate investments. The Group manages the Investment 
Property division on a geographical basis due to its size and geographical diversity. Consequently, the Group’s principal operating 
segments are: 

Investment Property: United Kingdom 

Germany
France
Sweden

Other Investments 

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  99

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 4 SEGMENT INFORMATION continued

The Group’s results for the year ended 31 December 2018 by operating segment were as follows:

Rental income
Other property-related income
Service charge income

Revenue
Service charges and similar expenses

Net rental income
Administration expenses
Other expenses

Group revenue less costs
Net movements on revaluation of investment 

properties

Gain on revaluation of equity investments
Profit on sale of investment property
Gain on sale of corporate bonds

Segment operating profit/(loss)
Finance income
Finance costs

Segment profit/(loss) before tax

Investment Property

United 
Kingdom 
£m

Germany  
£m

France  
£m

Sweden  
£m

Other 
Investments 
£m

 Central 
Administration
£m

 56.7
 2.0
 8.2

 66.9
 (10.3)

 56.6
 (6.7)
 (5.7)

 44.2

 4.0
 –
 1.9
–

 50.1
–

 (18.3) 

 31.8

 31.1
 0.1 
 9.5

 40.7
 (9.9)

 30.8
 (3.0)
 (3.5)

 24.3

 48.0
–
 0.3
–

 72.6
–
 (4.9)

 67.7

 15.2
 0.4
 5.4

 21.0
 (5.5)

 15.5
 (1.9)
 (1.0)

 12.6

 10.8
–
 0.1
–

 23.5
–
 (2.7) 

 20.8

–
 –
 –

 –
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

 –
–
 –

–

–
 4.4
–

 4.4
–

 4.4
 (0.6)
 (3.0)

 0.8

–
 22.2
–
 1.7

 24.7
 6.1 
 (0.6) 

 30.2

–
 –
 –

 –
–

–
 (5.6)
–

 (5.6)

–
–
–
–

 (5.6)
–
–

 (5.6)

The Group’s results for the year ended 31 December 2017 by operating segment were as follows:

Investment Property

United 
Kingdom 
£m

Germany  
£m

France  
£m

Sweden  
£m

Other 
Investments 
£m

Central 
Administration 
£m

Rental income
Other property-related income
Service charge income

Revenue
Service charges and similar expenses

Net rental income
Administration expenses
Other expenses

Group revenue less costs
Net movements on revaluation of investment 

properties

Profit/(loss) on sale of investment property
Gain on sale of corporate bonds
Permanent impairment of value of corporate bonds

Segment operating profit/(loss)
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of loss of associates after tax

Segment profit/(loss) before tax

54.1
2.8
7.2

64.1
(9.1)

55.0
(6.0)
(6.2)

42.8

39.9
43.7
–
–

126.4
–
(23.6)
–

102.8

24.4
0.6
5.9

30.9
(5.9)

25.0
(1.8)
(2.5)

20.7

34.2
(0.1)
–
–

54.8
–
(2.9)
–

51.9

15.2
0.5
5.2

20.9
(5.3)

15.6
(1.7)
(0.7)

13.2

20.1
0.1
–
–

33.4
–
(2.3)
–

31.1

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–
2.2
–
–

2.2

–
4.4
–

4.4
–

4.4 
(0.4)
(2.8)

1.2

– 
–
4.5 
(2.0) 

3.7 
7.8
(3.6)
(0.7)

7.2 

–
–
–

–
–

–
 (4.7)
 – 

 (4.7)

–
–
–
–

 (4.7)
–
–
–

 (4.7)

Total  
£m

 103.0
 6.9
 23.1

 133.0
 (25.7)

 107.3
 (17.8)
 (13.2)

 76.3

 62.8
 22.2
 2.3
 1.7

 165.3
 6.1
 (26.5)

 144.9

Total
£m

93.7
8.3
18.3

120.3
(20.3)

100.0
(14.6)
(12.2)

73.2

94.2
43.7
4.5
(2.0)

213.6
10.0
(32.4)
(0.7)

190.5

100  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 2018  
4 SEGMENT INFORMATION continued
OTHER SEGMENT INFORMATION

Investment Property
United Kingdom
Germany
France
Sweden

Other Investments

Assets

Liabilities

Capital expenditure

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 981.0
 643.4
 315.9
 –
 211.1

925.4
584.8
296.1
10.6
269.4

 463.5
 347.5
 218.4
 –
 10.9

510.3
346.3
201.9
8.1
12.6

 2,151.4

2,086.3

 1,040.3

1,079.2

 82.0
 2.3
 5.7
–
–

 90.0

66.2
190.1
6.0
–
2.3

264.6

5 ADMINISTRATION COST RATIO
The administration cost ratio is a key performance indicator of the Group. It represents the cost of running the property portfolio 
relative to its net income, and is calculated as follows:

Administration expenses of the Group
Less: administration expenses of Other Investments

Property-related and central administration expenses (A)

Net rental income (B)

Administration cost ratio (A divided by B)

6 PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
Profit for the year has been arrived at after charging: 

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Parent Company and Group accounts 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for:
  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
  Other services to the Group (interim review and tax services)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 14)
Employee benefits expense (note 7)
Net foreign exchange loss/(gain) (notes 8 and 9)
Impairment loss recognised on other financial instruments
Provision against trade receivables

2018  
£m

17.8
(0.6)

17.2

2017  
£m

14.6
(0.4)

14.2

107.3

16.0%

100.0

14.2%

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 0.3

 0.1 
 0.1
 1.0
 12.2
 0.6
–
 0.3

0.4

 0.1
0.1 
0.8
10.0
(1.8)
2.0
0.6

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  101

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 7 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
Performance incentive plan
Other employee-related expenses

2018  
£m

 8.9 
 0.9
 0.5
0.8
 1.1

 12.2

2017  
£m

 7.6
0.9
0.3
0.4
0.8

10.0

The Directors are considered to be key management of the Group.

Information on Directors’ emoluments, share options and interests in the Company’s shares is given in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 61 to 74.

The monthly average number of employees of the Group in continuing operations, including Executive Directors, was as follows:

2018

2017

Property 
number

Hotel 
number

Other 
operations 
number

Total  
number

Property 
number

Hotel 
number

Other 
operations 
number

Total  
number

 50
 48

 98

 8
 10

 18

 1
–

 1

 59
 58

 117

43
43

86

8
10

18

Male
Female

8 FINANCE INCOME

Interest income
Other finance income
Foreign exchange variances

9 FINANCE COSTS

Interest expense
Bank loans
Debenture loan
Secured notes
Unsecured bonds

Amortisation of loan issue costs

Total interest costs
Less interest capitalised on development projects

Loss on early redemption of debt
Movement in fair value of derivative financial instruments

Interest rate swaps: transactions not qualifying as hedges

Foreign exchange variances

102  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

1
–

1

2018  
£m

 4.4
 1.7
 –

 6.1

52
 53

105

2017  
£m

6.8
1.4
1.8

10.0

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 17.9
–
 2.6
 2.0
 2.0

 24.5
–

 24.5
 3.7

(2.3)
 0.6

 26.5

15.7
2.4
2.8
3.6
1.6

26.1
(0.5)

25.6
9.7

(2.9)
–

32.4

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201810 TAXATION

Current tax charge
Deferred tax charge (note 20)

2018  
£m

 8.5
 3.6

 12.1

2017  
£m

17.7
15.8

33.5

A deferred tax credit of £0.6 million (2017: £0.5 million) was recognised directly in equity (note 20).

The charge for the year differs from the theoretical amount which would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to 
profits of Group companies as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax calculated at domestic tax rates applicable to profits in the respective countries
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Tax effect of fair value movements on investments
Change in tax basis of United Kingdom properties, including indexation uplift
Change in tax rate
Non-taxable income
Deferred tax on losses (recognised)/not recognised
Tax liability released on disposals
Adjustment in respect of prior periods

Tax charge for the year

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

144.9

190.5

28.3
0.1
(4.8)
(0.6)
(7.8)
(0.7)
(0.9)
–
(1.5)

12.1

39.6
0.2
(0.1)
(5.6)
–
(1.4)
1.5
1.7
(2.4)

33.5

The weighted average applicable tax rate of 19.5% (2017: 20.7%) was derived by applying to their relevant profits and losses the rates 
in the jurisdictions in which the Group operated.

The tax rate in France fell from 28% to 25% and in Sweden from 22% to 20.6%, the combined effect of which was a £7.8m reduction 
in the tax charge for the year.

11 EARNINGS PER SHARE
Management has chosen to disclose the European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) measure of earnings per share which has 
been provided to give relevant information to investors on the long-term performance of the Group’s underlying property investment 
business. The EPRA measure excludes items which are non-recurring in nature such as profits (net of related tax) on sale of 
investment properties and of other non-current investments, and items which have no impact to earnings over their life, such as 
the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments and the net movement on revaluation of investment properties, and the 
related deferred taxation on these items.

Earnings

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company
Net movements on revaluation of investment properties
Movements on revaluation of equity investments, net of foreign exchange
Loss/(profit) from discontinued operations 
Loss on early redemption of debt, net of tax
Loss/(profit) on sale of investment properties, net of tax
Gain on sale of corporate bonds, net of tax
Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments
Permanent impairment of value of corporate bond, net of tax
Impairment of carrying value of associates
Deferred tax relating to the above adjustments

EPRA earnings

2018  
£m

 124.3
 (62.8)
 (21.6)
 8.5
 3.0
 0.1
 (1.3)
 (0.3)
–
–
 3.6

 53.5

2017  
£m

157.7
(94.2)
–
 (0.7)
7.9
(30.8)
(3.6)
(2.9)
1.6
0.7
15.8

51.5

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  103

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 11 EARNINGS PER SHARE continued
Weighted average number of ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in circulation

Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted

EPRA

2018  
Number

2017  
Number

 407,395,760

407,395,760

2018  
Pence

 30.5

 13.1

2017 
Pence

38.7

12.6

12 NET ASSETS PER SHARE
Management has chosen to disclose the two European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) measures of net assets per share: 
EPRA net assets per share and EPRA triple net assets per share. The EPRA net assets per share measure highlights the fair 
value of equity on a long-term basis, and so excludes items which have no impact on the Group in the long term, such as fair value 
movements of derivative financial instruments and deferred tax on the fair value of investment properties. The EPRA triple net 
assets per share measure discloses net assets per share on a true fair value basis: all balance sheet items are included at their fair 
value in arriving at this measure, including deferred tax, fixed-rate loan liabilities and any other balance sheet items not reported at 
fair value.

Net assets

Basic net assets attributable to owners of the Company
Adjustment to increase fixed rate debt to fair value, net of tax
Goodwill as a result of deferred tax

EPRA triple net assets
Deferred tax on property and other non-current assets, net of minority interest
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
Adjustment to decrease fixed rate debt to book value, net of tax

EPRA net assets

Number of ordinary shares

Number of ordinary shares in circulation

Net assets per share

Basic
EPRA
EPRA triple net

13 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

At 1 January 2018
Acquisitions
Capital expenditure
Disposals
Net movement on revaluation of investment properties
Rent-free period debtor adjustments
Exchange rate variances
Transfer from/(to) properties held for sale

2018  
£m

 1,122.2
 (5.3)
 (1.1)

 1,115.8
 135.8
 5.1
 5.3

 1,262.0

2017  
£m

1,026.5
(5.9)
(1.1)

1,019.5
131.8
6.2
5.9

1,163.4

2018  
Number

2017 
Number

407,395,760

407,395,760

2018  
Pence

 275.5
 309.8
 273.9

2017  
Pence

252.0
285.6
250.2

United 
Kingdom 
£m

Germany  
£m

 895.0
 67.6
 12.4
 (27.2)
 3.9
 0.4
–
 2.0

 568.4
–
 2.3
 (1.6)
 48.1
 4.4
 7.8
 (3.5)

France  
£m

 290.0
 2.4
 3.3
 (2.4)
 10.8
 0.2
 3.8
–

Total  
£m

 1,753.4
 70.0
 18.0
 (31.2)
 62.8
 5.0
 11.6
 (1.5)

At 31 December 2018

 954.1

 625.9

 308.1

 1,888.1

104  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201813 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES continued

At 1 January 2017
Acquisitions
Capital expenditure
Disposals
Net movement on revaluation of investment properties
Rent-free period debtor adjustments
Exchange rate variances
Transfer to properties held for sale

At 31 December 2017

United 
Kingdom 
£m

Germany  
£m

921.3
49.9
15.4
(120.6)
39.9
1.0
–
(11.9)

895.0

356.9
187.7
2.4
(25.5)
34.2
1.0
17.7
(6.0)

568.4

France  
£m

258.4
0.9
5.1
(7.1)
20.1
1.5
11.1
–

Total  
£m

1,536.6
238.5
22.9
(153.2)
94.2
3.5
28.8
(17.9)

290.0

1,753.4

The investment properties, properties held for sale and the hotel and landholding detailed in note 14 were revalued at 31 December 
2018 to their fair value. Valuations were based on current prices in an active market for all properties. The property valuations were 
carried out by external, professionally qualified valuers as follows:

United Kingdom: Cushman and Wakefield 
Germany: Cushman and Wakefield  
France: Jones Lang LaSalle 

Property valuations are complex and require a degree of judgement and are based on data which is not publicly available. 
Consistent with EPRA guidance, we have classified the valuations of our property portfolio as level 3 as defined by IFRS 13 Fair Value 
Measurement. Inputs into the valuations include equivalent yields and rental income and are ‘unobservable’ under the definition 
in IFRS 13. These inputs are analysed by segment in the property portfolio information on the inside front cover. All other factors 
remaining constant, an increase in rental income would increase valuations, whilst an increase in the true equivalent yield would 
result in a fall in value, and vice versa.

KEY INPUTS TO THE VALUATION

UK
Germany
France

ERV

True equivalent yield

Average £  
per sq ft

Range  
per sq ft

30.81
12.07
23.28

8.50-60.00
8.61-17.14
10.50-48.97

Average  
%

5.76%
5.30%
5.23%

Range  
%

3.3%-10.75%
4.63%-6.00%
3.30%-7.75%

A decrease in the true equivalent yield by 25 basis points would result in an increase in the fair value of the Group’s investment 
property by £101.1 million, whilst a 25 basis point increase would reduce the fair value by £101.6 million.

Investment properties included leasehold properties with a carrying amount of £73.3 million (2017: £73.1 million). 

Interest capitalised within capital expenditure in the year amounted to £nil (2017: £0.5 million).

Where the Group leases out its investment property under operating leases the duration is typically three years or more. 
No contingent rents have been recognised in either the current or the comparative year.

Around 85% of investment properties (and the hotel detailed in note 14) are secured against debt.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  105

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Hotel  
£m

Land and 
buildings  
£m

Owner- 
occupied 
property  
£m

Fixtures  
and fittings  
£m

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2017
Transfer to discontinued operations
Restated at 1 January 2017

Additions
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange rate variances

At 31 December 2017

Additions
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange rate variances

At 31 December 2018

Comprising:
At cost
At valuation

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2017
Transfer to discontinued operations
Restated at 1 January 2017

Disposals
Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2017

Disposals
Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2018

Net book value
At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

27.1
–
 27.1

–
–
0.5
–

27.6

–
–
 0.6
– 

 28.2

–
 28.2

 28.2

(0.4)
 –
(0.4)

–
(0.2)

(0.6)

–
 (0.2)

 (0.8)

72.5
 (70.3)
 2.2

2.3
–
(1.4)
1.5

4.6

–
–
 (1.0)
 (0.1)

 3.5

–
 3.5

 3.5

(0.8)
0.8 
–

 –
–

–

–
–

–

 27.4

27.0

 3.5

4.6

5.9
–
 5.9

–
(5.9)
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–

–

(0.2)
 –
(0.2)

0.2
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

Total  
£m

110.4
 (71.3)
 39.1

3.2
(5.9)
(0.9)
1.5

37.0

 2.0
 (1.1)
 (0.4)
 (0.1)

 37.4

 5.7
 31.7

 37.4

(4.0)
1.0
(3.0)

 0.2
(0.8)

(3.6)

 0.9
 (1.0)

 (3.7)

4.9
 (1.0)
 3.9

0.9
–
–
–

4.8

 2.0
 (1.1)
–
–

 5.7

 5.7
–

 5.7

(2.6)
0.2
(2.4)

 –
(0.6)

(3.0)

 0.9
 (0.8)

 (2.9)

 2.8

1.8

 33.7

33.4

A hotel and a landholding were revalued at each balance sheet date based on the external valuation performed by Cushman and 
Wakefield and L Fällström AB, respectively. 

15 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

At 1 January
Conversion of convertible loan into shares
Impairment

At 31 December

2018
£m

–
–
–

–

2017  
£m

0.2
0.5
(0.7)

–

A convertible loan to Nyheter 24 Media Network AB was converted into equity on 26 November 2017 at the option of the borrower.

106  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201816 OTHER FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS

Investment type

Carried at fair value through other comprehensive income 1

Listed corporate bonds

Destination  
of investment

UK
Eurozone 
Other

Carried at fair value through profit and loss 1

Listed equity securities
Unlisted investments

Sweden
Sweden

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 7.1
–
 23.2

 30.3

 77.5
–

11.5
6.3
47.7

65.5

55.9
0.2

 107.8

121.6

The movement of other financial investments, analysed based on the methods used to measure their fair value, was as follows:

Level 1  
Quoted  
market  
prices  
£m

Level 2 
Observable 
market  
data  
£m

Level 3  
Other  
valuation
methods2 

£m

At 1 January 2018
Additions
Disposals
Fair value movements recognised in other comprehensive income
Fair value movements recognised in profit before tax
Exchange rate variations

At 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2017
Transfer to discontinued operations
Restated at 1 January 2017

Additions
Disposals
Fair value movements recognised in other comprehensive income
Fair value movements recognised in profit before tax
Exchange rate variations

At 31 December 2017

 55.9
–
–
–
 22.2
 (0.6)

 77.5

 65.5
 39.7
 (67.8)
 (7.4)
 (0.4)
0.7

 30.3

Level 1  
Quoted  
market  
prices  
£m

Level 2 
Observable 
market  
data  
£m

50.8
– 
 50.8

–
(3.5)
9.8
(1.6)
0.4

55.9

65.1
–
 65.1

11.9
(9.6)
4.1
(1.3)
(4.7)

65.5

Total  
£m

 121.6
 39.7
 (68.0)
 (7.4)
 21.8
 0.1

 0.2
–
 (0.2)
–
–
–

–

 107.8

Level 3  
Other  
valuation
methods1 

£m

0.5
(0.2)
 0.3

–
–
–
–
(0.1)

0.2

Total  
£m

116.4
 (0.2)
 116.2

11.9
(13.1)
13.9
(2.9)
(4.4)

121.6

1  The adoption of IFRS9 from 1 January 2018 has resulted in Other Financial Investments previously disclosed as Available for Sale Financial Assets being reclassified to 

either carried at fair value through other comprehensive income or carried at fair value through profit and loss. The financial impact of this change is disclosed in Note 2.1.

2  Unlisted equity shares are valued using multiples from comparable listed organisations.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  107

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 16 OTHER FINANCIAL INVESTMENTS continued
CORPORATE BOND PORTFOLIO
At 31 December 2018

Sector

Value
Running 
yield

Issuers

Banking

£11.8m

Insurance

£2.3m

8.0%

6.9%

RBS

PGH Capital
HSBC Brit Insurance
Lloyds
Barclays
Unicredit
Standard Chartered
Credit Agricole
Societe Generale

17 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current
Trade receivables
Prepayments
Accrued income
Other debtors

Travel  
and tourism

Telecoms  
and IT

Energy and 
resources

Other

Total

£3.3m

£7.3m

£1.4m

£4.2m

£30.3m

7.5%

Hertz
Stena

8.1%

10.1%

4.2%

7.5%

Dell Transocean

Xerox
Seagate
Centurylink
Telecom Italia

Stora Enso
Yum! Brands
Liberty
 Interactive

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 4.2
 2.0
 2.1
 4.0

 12.3

2.9
1.6
1.5
2.7

8.7

There was no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables as the Group had a large number of customers spread 
across the countries in which it operated.

There were no material trade and other receivables classified as past due but not impaired (2017: nil). No trade and other receivables 
were interest-bearing.

18 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash at bank and in hand
Cash held on behalf of third parties

2018  
£m

 100.3
–

 100.3

2017  
£m

140.5
5.5

146.0

At 31 December 2018, Group cash at bank and in hand included £21.8 million (2017: £17.6 million) which was restricted by a third-
party charge.

At 31 December 2017 the Group held, on behalf of a third party, cash which was paid to the third party in January 2018. As the Group 
held no beneficial interest in this cash at 31 December 2017 it was excluded from the group cash flow statement and all other cash 
and gearing metrics.

108  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201819 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current
Trade payables
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Accruals
Deferred income

20 DEFERRED TAX

Deferred tax assets:

– after more than 12 months

Deferred tax liabilities:

– after more than 12 months

The movement in deferred tax was as follows:

At 1 January
Charged in arriving at profit after tax
Credited to other comprehensive income
Transfer to discontinued operations
Exchange rate variances

At 31 December

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 6.1
 1.8
 11.4
 17.9
 14.7

 51.9

2.4
3.2
16.0
19.5
13.3

54.4

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

(3.5)

(3.3)

139.3

135.8

135.1

131.8

2018  
£m

131.8
3.6
(0.6)
 –
1.0

135.8

2017  
£m

117.6
15.8
(0.5)
 (4.2)
3.1

131.8

The movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances 
within the same tax jurisdiction, was as follows:

Deferred tax assets

At 1 January 2018
Charged in arriving at profit after tax
Credited to other comprehensive income

At 31 December 2018

Deferred tax assets

At 1 January 2017
Credited in arriving at profit after tax
Charged to other comprehensive income

At 31 December 2017

Other  
£m

(3.3)
0.1
(0.3)

(3.5)

Other  
£m

(3.1)
(1.0)
0.8

(3.3)

Total  
£m

(3.3)
0.1
(0.3)

(3.5)

Total  
£m

(3.1)
(1.0)
0.8

(3.3)

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  109

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 20 DEFERRED TAX continued

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January 2018
Charged/(credited) in arriving at profit after tax
Charged/(credited) to other comprehensive income
Exchange rate variances

At 31 December 2018

Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January 2017
(Credited)/charged in arriving at profit after tax
Credited to other comprehensive income
Transfer to discontinued operations
Exchange rate variances

At 31 December 2017

UK capital 
allowances 
£m

Fair value 
adjustments 
to properties 
£m

10.4
0.6
–
–

11.0

122.0
3.3
0.3
1.0

126.6

UK capital 
allowances 
£m

Fair value 
adjustments  
to properties 
£m

11.1
(0.7)
–
 –
–

10.4

106.9
16.9
(0.6)
 (4.2)
3.0

122.0

Other 
£m

2.7
(0.4)
(0.6)
–

1.7

Other 
£m

2.7
0.6
(0.7)
– 
0.1

2.7

Total 
£m

135.1
3.5
(0.3)
1.0

139.3

Total 
£m

120.7
16.8
(1.3)
 (4.2)
3.1

135.1

Deferred tax has been calculated at a weighted average across the Group of 18.2% (2017: 19.6%), and has been based on the rates 
applicable under legislation substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets are recognised in respect of tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit 
through future taxable profits is probable. At 31 December 2018 the Group did not recognise deferred tax assets of £1.1 million 
(2017: £8.2 million) in respect of losses amounting to £6.0 million (2017: £30.4 million) which can be carried forward against future 
taxable income or gains. The majority of deferred tax assets recognised within the “other” category relate either to deferred tax on 
swaps with a negative book value or to corporate bonds carried at below cost. Losses recognised as deferred tax assets can be 
carried forward without restriction.

21 BORROWINGS

Bank loans
Unsecured bonds
Secured notes

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

Current  
£m

Non-current 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

Current  
£m

Non-current 
£m

Total 
borrowings 
£m

 62.2
 –
 4.1

 66.3

 716.0
–
 54.6

 770.6

 778.2
–
 58.7

 836.9

92.3
–
4.1

96.4

651.2
65.0
58.7

 774.9

743.5
65.0
62.8

871.3

Arrangement fees of £5.4 million (2017: £5.4 million) have been offset in arriving at the balances in the above tables.

BANK LOANS
Interest on bank loans is charged at fixed rates ranging between 0.8% and 5.5%, including margin (2017: 0.8% and 5.5%) and 
at floating rates of typically LIBOR or EURIBOR plus a margin. Floating rate margins range between 1.0% and 2.5% (2017: 0.9% and 
2.8%). All bank loans are secured by legal charges over the respective properties, and in most cases a floating charge over the 
remainder of the assets held in the company which owns the property. In addition, the share capital of some of the subsidiaries 
within the Group has been charged.

110  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201821 BORROWINGS continued
UNSECURED BONDS
The £65.0 million unsecured retail bonds, which attracted a fixed rate coupon of 5.5% and were due for repayment in 2019, were 
redeemed in full in July 2018. The bonds had been listed on the London Stock Exchange’s Order book for Retail Bonds.

SECURED NOTES
On 3 December 2013, the Group issued £80.0 million secured, partially-amortising notes. The notes attract a fixed-rate coupon of 
4.17% on the unamortised principal, the balance of which is repayable in December 2022.

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings was as follows:

At 31 December 2018

Within one year or on demand
More than one but not more than two years
More than two but not more than five years
More than five years

Unamortised issue costs

Borrowings
Less amount due for settlement within 12 months

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months

At 31 December 2017

Within one year or on demand
More than one but not more than two years
More than two but not more than five years
More than five years

Unamortised issue costs

Borrowings
Less amount due for settlement within 12 months

Amounts due for settlement after 12 months

The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s fixed rate borrowings was as follows:

Sterling
Euro

Bank  
loans  
£m

Unsecured 
bonds  
£m

Secured  
notes  
£m

 64.0
 132.1
 443.0
 144.1

 783.2
 (5.0)

 778.2
 (62.2)

 716.0

 –
–
–
–

–
 –

–
–

–

 4.2
 4.2
 50.7
–

 59.1
 (0.4)

 58.7
 (4.1)

 54.6

Bank  
loans  
£m

Unsecured 
bonds  
£m

Secured  
notes  
£m

93.8
53.6
498.2
102.8

748.4
(4.9)

743.5
(92.3)

651.2

–
65.0
–
–

65.0
–

65.0
–

65.0

4.2
4.2
54.9
–

63.3
(0.5)

62.8
(4.1)

58.7

Total  
£m

 68.2
 136.3
 493.7
 144.1

 842.3
 (5.4)

 836.9
 (66.3)

 770.6

Total  
£m

98.0
122.8
553.1
102.8

876.7
(5.4)

871.3
 (96.4)

 774.9

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

Weighted 
average 
fixed rate 
of financial 
liabilities 
%

Weighted 
average 
period for 
which rate 
is fixed 
Years

Weighted 
average 
fixed rate 
of financial 
liabilities 
%

Weighted 
average 
period for 
which rate 
is fixed 
Years

 3.9
 1.5

 3.7
 4.4

4.5
1.4

3.5
5.1

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  111

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 21 BORROWINGS continued
The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s floating rate borrowings was as follows:

Sterling
Euro

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

% of net 
floating rate 
loans 
capped

Average 
capped 
interest rate 
%

Average  
tenure 
Years

% of net 
floating rate 
loans capped

Average 
capped 
interest rate 
%

–
 9

–
 2.4

–
 1.9

6
14

3.0
2.7

Average  
tenure 
Years

0.5
1.6

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro

At 31 December 2018

At 31 December 2017

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

Floating rate 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

 164.4
 347.6

512.0 

 215.3
 109.6

 324.9

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

Floating rate 
financial 
liabilities 
£m

149.5
233.5

383.0

278.2
210.1

488.3

Total 
£m

 379.7
 457.2

 836.9

Total 
£m

427.7
443.6

871.3

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s borrowings are as follows:

Current borrowings
Non-current borrowings

Carrying amounts

Fair values

2018  
£m

 66.3
 770.6

 836.9

2017  
£m

96.4
774.9

871.3

2018  
£m

 66.3
 777.0

 843.3

2017  
£m

66.3
784.6

850.9

The valuation methods used to measure the fair values of the Group’s borrowings were derived from inputs which were either 
observable as prices or derived from prices (Level 2).

Arrangement fees of £5.4 million (2017: £5.4 million) have been offset in arriving at the balances in the above table.

The fair value of non-current borrowings represents the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s 
length transaction between informed and willing parties, discounted at the prevailing market rate, and excludes accrued interest.

The Group has the following undrawn committed facilities available at 31 December:

Floating rate:

– expiring within one year
– expiring after one year

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 7.6
 30.0

 37.6

63.1
 –

63.1

112  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201822 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Non-current
Interest rate caps and swaps
Current
Forward foreign exchange contracts

2018 
Assets 
£m

2018 
Liabilities 
£m

2017 
Assets 
£m

2017 
Liabilities 
£m

–

–

–

 (4.6)

 (0.5)

 (5.1)

0.1

0.6

0.7

(6.9)

–

(6.9)

The valuation methods used to measure the fair value of all derivative financial instruments were derived from inputs which were 
either observable as prices or derived from prices (Level 2).

There were no derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedging instruments.

INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The aggregate notional principal of interest rate swap contracts at 31 December 2018 was £154.9 million (2017: £158.0 million). 
The average period to maturity of these interest rate swaps was 2.9 years (2017: 3.9 years).

FORWARD FOREIGN EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts from time to time to add certainty to, and to minimise the impact of foreign 
exchange movements on, committed cash flows. At 31 December 2018 the Group had £15.6 million of outstanding net foreign 
exchange contracts (2017: £23.3 million).

23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
CATEGORIES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets of the Group comprise: interest rate caps; foreign currency forward contracts; financial assets at fair value through 
other comprehensive income or fair value through profit and loss; investments in associates; trade and other receivables; and cash 
and cash equivalents.

Financial liabilities of the Group comprise: interest rate swaps; forward foreign currency contracts; bank loans; unsecured bonds; 
secured notes; trade and other payables; and current tax liabilities.

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined as follows:

(a) Interest rate swaps and caps are measured at the present value of future cash flows based on applicable yield curves derived 

from quoted interest rates.

(b) Foreign currency options and forward contracts are measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves derived 

from quoted interest rates matching maturities of the contracts.

(c) The fair values of non-derivative financial assets and liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid 
markets are determined with reference to quoted market prices. Financial assets in this category include financial assets 
at fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit and loss such as listed corporate bonds and 
equity investments.

(d) In more illiquid conditions, non-derivative financial assets are valued using multiple quotes obtained from market makers 
and from pricing specialists. Where the spread of prices is tightly clustered the consensus price is deemed to be fair value. 
Where prices become more dispersed or there is a lack of available quoted data, further procedures are undertaken such as 
evidence from the last non-forced trade.

(e) The fair values of other non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are determined in accordance with generally 

accepted pricing models based on discounted cash flow analysis, using prices from observable current market transactions and 
dealer quotes for similar instruments.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  113

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Except for investments in associates and fixed rate loans, the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities recorded 
at amortised cost approximate to their fair value.

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities within the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising 
the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of debt and equity balances. The capital structure of the Group consists of 
debt, cash and cash equivalents, other investments and equity attributable to the owners of the parent, comprising issued capital, 
reserves and retained earnings. Management perform “stress tests” of the Group’s business model to ensure that the Group’s 
objectives can be met. The objectives have been met in the year.

The Directors review the capital structure on a quarterly basis to ensure that key strategic goals are being achieved. As part of this 
review they consider the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital.

The gearing ratio at the year end was as follows:

Debt
Liquid resources

Net debt

Equity

Net debt to equity ratio 

2018  
£m

 842.3
 (130.6)

 711.7

2017  
£m

876.7
(206.0)

670.7

 1,123.0

1,033.3

 63%

65%

Debt is defined as long-term and short-term borrowings before unamortised issue costs as detailed in note 21. Liquid resources are 
cash and short-term deposits and listed corporate bonds. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group attributable to the 
owners of the Company.

EXTERNALLY IMPOSED CAPITAL REQUIREMENT
The Group was subject to externally imposed capital requirements to the extent that debt covenants may require Group companies 
to maintain ratios such as debt to equity (or similar) below certain levels.

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, which can be grouped as:

• market risk
• credit risk
• liquidity risk

The Group’s overall risk management approach seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance 
whilst maintaining flexibility.

Risk management is carried out by the Group’s treasury department in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units and with 
guidance from the Board of Directors. The Board regularly assesses and reviews the financial risks and exposures of the Group.

(A) MARKET RISK
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, 
and to a lesser extent other price risk. The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to 
interest rate and foreign currency risk and also uses natural hedging strategies such as matching the duration, interest payments 
and currency of assets and liabilities.

114  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201823 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
(i) Interest rate risk
The Group’s most significant interest rate risk arises from its long-term variable rate borrowings. Interest rate risk is regularly 
monitored by the treasury department and by the Board on both a country and a Group basis. The Board’s policy is to mitigate 
variable interest rate exposure whilst maintaining the flexibility to borrow at the best rates and with consideration to potential 
penalties on termination of fixed rate loans. To manage its exposure the Group uses interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and 
natural hedging from cash held on deposit.

In assessing risk, a range of scenarios is taken into consideration such as refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative 
financing and hedging. Under these scenarios, the Group calculates the impact on the income statement for a defined movement in 
the underlying interest rate. The impact of a reasonably likely movement in interest rates, based on historic trends, is set out below:

Scenario

Cash +50 basis points
Variable borrowings (including caps) +50 basis points
Cash -50 basis points
Variable borrowings (including caps) -50 basis points

2018 
Income 
statement 
£m

2017 
Income 
statement 
£m

 0.5
 (1.7)
 (0.5)
 1.1

0.7
(2.4)
(0.7)
1.4

(ii) Foreign exchange risk
The Group does not have any regular transactional foreign exchange exposure. However, it has operations in Europe which transact 
business denominated in euros and, to a lesser extent, in Swedish krona. Consequently, there is currency exposure caused by 
translating into sterling the local trading performance and net assets for each financial period and balance sheet, respectively.

The policy of the Group is to match the currency of investments with the related borrowing, which largely eliminates foreign 
exchange risk on property investments. A portion of the remaining operations, equating to the net assets of the foreign property 
operations, is not hedged except in exceptional circumstances, such as the uncertainty surrounding the euro in late 2011. 
Where foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, the Group will hedge the future committed commercial 
transaction using foreign exchange swaps or forward foreign exchange contracts.

The Group’s principal currency exposures are in respect of the euro and the Swedish krona. If the value of sterling were to increase 
or decrease in strength the Group’s net assets and profit for the year would be affected. The impact of a reasonably likely movement 
in exchange rates, based on historic trends, is set out below: 

Scenario

1% increase in value of sterling against the euro
1% increase in value of sterling against the Swedish krona
1% fall in value of sterling against the euro
1% fall in value of sterling against the Swedish krona

2018 
Net  
assets  
£m

2018  
Profit  
before tax  
£m

2017  
Net  
assets  
£m

2017  
Profit  
before tax  
£m

 (4.5)
 (0.3)
 4.5
 0.3

 (0.8)
–
 0.8
–

(3.6)
(0.3)
3.6
0.3

(0.8)
–
0.8
–

(iii) Other price risk
The Group is exposed to corporate bond price risk and to equity securities price risk, because of investments held by the Group 
and classified in the balance sheet as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit 
and loss.

In order to manage the risk in relation to the holdings of corporate bonds and equity securities the Group holds a diversified portfolio. 
Diversification of the portfolio is managed in accordance with the limits set by the Group.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  115

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
The table below shows the effect on other comprehensive income which would result from an increase or decrease of 10% in the 
market value of corporate bonds and listed equity securities, which is an amount management believes to be reasonable in the 
current market:

Scenario: Shift of 10% in valuations

10% fall in value
10% increase in value

2018  
Other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m

2017  
Other 
comprehensive 
income  
£m

 (10.8)
 10.8

(12.1)
12.1

(B) CREDIT RISK
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. 
Credit risk arises from the ability of customers to meet outstanding receivables and future lease commitments, and from financial 
institutions with which the Group places cash and cash equivalents, and enters into derivative financial instruments. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk is partly represented by the carrying amounts of the financial assets which are carried in the balance sheet, 
including derivatives with positive fair values.

For credit exposure other than to occupiers, the Directors believe that counterparty risk is minimised to the fullest extent possible as 
the Group has policies which limit the amount of credit exposure to any individual financial institution.

The Group has policies in place to ensure that rental contracts are made with customers with an appropriate credit history. 
Credit risk to customers is assessed by a process of internal and external credit review, and is reduced by obtaining bank 
guarantees from the customer or its parent, and rental deposits. The overall credit risk in relation to customers is monitored on 
an ongoing basis. Moreover, a significant proportion of the Group portfolio is let to Government occupiers which can be considered 
financially secure.

At 31 December 2018 the Group held £107.8 million (2017: £121.6 million) of financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income or fair value through profit and loss. Management considers the credit risk associated with individual 
transactions and monitors the risk on a continuing basis. Information is gathered from external credit rating agencies and other 
market sources to allow management to react to any perceived change in the underlying credit risk of the instruments in which 
the Group invests. This allows the Group to minimise its credit exposure to such items and at the same time to maximise returns 
for shareholders.

The table below shows the external Standard & Poor’s credit banding on the financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income or fair value through profit and loss held by the Group:

S&P credit rating at balance sheet date

Investment grade
Non-investment grade
Not rated

Total

2018  
£m

 5.0
 24.6
 78.2

2017  
£m

6.7
52.7
62.2

 107.8

121.6

116  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201823 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
(C) LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk management requires maintaining sufficient cash, other liquid assets and the availability of funding to meet short, 
medium and long-term requirements. The Group maintains adequate levels of liquid assets to fund operations and to allow 
the Group to react quickly to potential opportunities.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity on the basis of expected cash flows so that future requirements can 
be managed effectively.

The majority of the Group’s debt is arranged on an asset-specific, non-recourse basis. This allows the Group a higher degree 
of flexibility in dealing with potential covenant defaults than if the debt was arranged under a Group-wide borrowing facility.

Loan covenant compliance is closely monitored by the treasury department. Potential covenant breaches can ordinarily be avoided 
by placing additional security or a cash deposit with the lender, or by partial repayment to cure an event of default.

The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows payable under financial liabilities and derivative assets 
and liabilities at the balance sheet date, into relevant maturity groupings based on the period remaining to the contractual maturity 
date. Amounts due within one year are equivalent to the carrying values in the balance sheet as the impact of discounting is 
not significant.

At 31 December 2018

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Borrowings
Interest payments on borrowings1
Trade and other payables

Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Cash flow hedges
– Outflow
– Inflow

At 31 December 2017

Non-derivative financial liabilities:
Borrowings
Interest payments on borrowings1
Trade and other payables

Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Cash flow hedges
– Outflow
– Inflow

Less than  
1 year  
£m

1 to 2  
years  
£m

2 to 5  
years  
£m

Over  
5 years  
£m

 68.2
 20.5
 51.9

 136.3
 18.8
–

 493.7
 22.7
–

 144.1
 3.8
 –

 (0.5)
 0.5

–
–

–
–

–
–

Less than  
1 year  
£m

1 to 2  
years  
£m

2 to 5  
years  
£m

Over  
5 years  
£m

98.0
26.9
48.9

0.6
0.6

122.8
27.2
–

553.1
24.4
–

102.8
26.3
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

1 

Interest payments on borrowings are calculated without taking into account future events. Floating rate interest is estimated using a future interest rate curve 
as at 31 December.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  117

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 24 DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On 12 November 2018, the Board resolved to dispose of First Camp Svergie Holdings AB and on 19 January 2019 contracts were 
exchanged with a view to a sale in early 2019. The operations of the First Camp sub-group, therefore, have been classified as a 
disposal group held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, Non Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, and presented 
separately on the Group balance sheet as discontinued operations. The proceeds of disposal are expected to be less than the book 
value of the related net assets and accordingly an impairment loss has been recognised on the re-classification of these operations 
as held for sale.

The results of the discontinued operations, which have been included in the Group income statement, were as follows:

Revenue
Expenses

Profit before tax

Loss recognised on measurement to fair value less costs to sell
Attributable tax expense

(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company
Non-controlling interests

2018
£m

15.8
(12.7)

 3.1

(17.9) 
 (0.1)

(14.9)

 (8.5)
 (6.4)

 (14.9)

2017
£m

13.1
(12.2)

 0.9

 –
–

 0.9

0.7
0.2

 0.9

During the year, First Camp Svergie Holdings AB contributed £1.0 million (2017: absorbed £0.3 million) to the Group’s net operating 
cash flows.

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale are as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Cash and cash equivalents
Other assets

Total assets of discontinued operations

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Deferred income tax liabilities

Total liabilities of discontinued operations

2018
£m

54.0
 1.1
 1.0

 56.1

 (5.3)
(35.6)
 (3.4)

 (44.3) 

2017
£m

69.5
 0.7
 0.9

 71.1

(4.5)
(37.6)
(2.8) 

(44.9)

Net assets of discontinued operations classified as held for sale

 11.8 

 26.2

118  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 2018 
25 SHARE CAPITAL

Number

At 1 January 2018 and 31 December 2018

 407,395,760

 31,382,020  438,777,780

 10.2

 0.8

 11.0

Ordinary  
shares in 
circulation

Treasury  
shares

Total  
ordinary  
shares

Ordinary 
shares in 
circulation  
£m

Treasury 
shares  
£m

Total  
ordinary 
shares  
£m

At 1 January 2017
Issued on subdivision

At 31 December 2017

Number

Ordinary  
shares in 
circulation

Treasury  
shares

Total  
ordinary  
shares

Ordinary 
shares in 
circulation  
£m

Treasury 
shares  
£m

40,739,576
366,656,184

3,138,202
28,243,818

43,877,778
394,900,002

407,395,760

31,382,020

438,777,780

10.2
–

10.2

0.8
–

0.8

Total  
ordinary 
shares  
£m

11.0
–

11.0

On 8 May 2017, each of the existing ordinary shares of 25 pence each was subdivided into ten new ordinary shares of 2.5 pence each.

26 DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS
An interim dividend for 2018 of 2.20 pence (2017: 2.05 pence) per ordinary share of 2.50 pence, or £9.0 million (2017: £8.4 million), 
was paid on 28 September 2018. The proposed final dividend of 4.70 pence per ordinary share (2017: 4.30 pence) was recommended 
by the Board on 6 March 2019 and, subject to approval by shareholders, is payable on 29 April 2019 to shareholders on the register 
at the close of business on 5 April 2019. The aggregate amount of the 2018 final dividend of £19.1 million (2017: £17.5 million) has 
been calculated using the total number of eligible shares outstanding at 31 December 2018. The total dividend for the year would be 
6.90 pence (2017: 6.35 pence) per ordinary share of 2.50 pence comprising £28.1 million (2017: £25.9 million).

27 SHARE PREMIUM

At 1 January and 31 December

2018  
£m

 83.1

2017 
£m

83.1

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  119

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 28 OTHER RESERVES

At 1 January 2018
Exchange rate variances 
Property, plant and equipment

– net fair value deficits in the year
– deferred tax thereon
Other financial investments:

– fair value losses in the year
– realised fair value gains
– deferred tax thereon

Reclassify fair value movements on equity investments 

(note 2.1)

Discontinued operations
Share-based payment charge

At 31 December 2018 

At 1 January 2017
Exchange rate variances
Property, plant and equipment

– net fair value deficits in the year
– deferred tax thereon
– disposals
– deferred tax thereon
Other financial investments:

– fair value gains in the year
– realised fair value gains
– released on impairment
– deferred tax thereon

Discontinued operations
Share-based payment charge

At 31 December 2017

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m

Cumulative 
translation 
reserve  
£m

Fair value 
reserve  
£m

 22.7 
–

 64.7
 3.9

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

 22.7

 68.6 

 27.1 
–

(0.4)
(0.4)

 (7.4)
 (0.4)
1.0

(17.9)
0.8
–

 2.4

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 
£m

 0.4
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
 0.8

1.2 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m

Cumulative 
translation 
reserve  
£m

Fair value 
reserve  
£m

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£m

22.7
–

57.2
7.5

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

22.7

64.7

17.9
–

(0.9)
0.1
(3.9)
0.5

13.9
(2.9)
2.0
(0.1)
0.5
–

27.1

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
0.4

0.4

Other  
reserves  
£m

Total  
£m

 28.1 
–

 143.0
 3.9

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

(0.4)
 (0.4)

 (7.4)
 (0.4)
1.0

(17.9)
0.8
 0.8

 28.1

 123.0

Other  
reserves  
£m

28.1
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

Total  
£m

125.9
7.5

(0.9)
0.1
(3.9)
0.5

13.9
(2.9)
2.0
(0.1)
0.5
0.4

28.1

143.0

As a result of adopting IFRS 9 for the first time, previously recognised fair value movements have been transferred from other 
reserves to retained earnings in line with the disclosure made in the Half-Yearly Financial Report 2018. 

The cumulative translation reserve comprises the aggregate effect of translating net assets of overseas subsidiaries into sterling 
since acquisition.

The fair value reserve comprises the aggregate movement in the value of financial assets classified as fair value through 
comprehensive income and owner-occupied property since acquisition, net of deferred tax.

The amount classified as other reserves was created prior to listing in 1994 on a Group reconstruction and is considered to be non-
distributable.

120  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201829 NOTES TO THE CASH FLOW
Cash generated from operations

Operating profit
Adjustments for:

Net movements on revaluation of investment properties
Net movements on revaluation of equities
Depreciation and amortisation
Profit on sale of investment property
Gain on sale of other financial instruments, net of impairments
Non-cash rental income
Share-based payment expense

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables

Cash generated from operations

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

165.3

213.6

(62.8)
(22.2)
1.0
(2.3)
(1.7)
(5.0)
0.8

(2.6)
2.4

72.9

(94.2)
-
0.8
(43.7)
(2.5)
(3.5)
0.4

3.4
(0.6)

73.7

At 31 December 2018

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Notes

1 January 
2018  
£m

Financing 
cash flows  
£m

Amortisation 
of loan  
issue costs 
£m

Fair value 
adjustments 
£m

Foreign 
exchange 
£m

31 
December 
2018  
£m

Borrowings
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate caps
Forward foreign exchange contracts

21
22
22
22

 871.3
 6.9
 (0.1)
 (0.6)

 877.5

(41.9) 
–
 0.1
 (0.9)

 (42.7)

 1.8
–
–
–

 1.8

–
 (2.3)
–
–

 (2.3)

 5.7
–
–
 2.0

 7.7

At 31 December 2017

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Notes

1 January 
2017  
£m

Financing 
cash flows  
£m

Amortisation 
of loan  
issue costs 
£m

Fair value 
adjustments 
£m

Foreign 
exchange 
£m

Borrowings
Interest rate swaps
Interest rate caps
Forward foreign exchange contracts

21
22
22
22

 849.9
 9.8
 –
 (0.5)

 859.2

(41.9) 
–
 (0.1)
 (3.7)

 38.1

 1.6
–
–
–

 1.6

–
 (2.9)
–
–

 (2.9)

 15.5
–
–
 3.6

 19.1

 836.9
 4.6
–
 0.5

 842.0

31 
December 
2017  
£m

 908.9
 6.9
(0.1)
 (0.6)

 915.1

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  121

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 30 CONTINGENCIES
At 31 December 2018 CLS Holdings plc had guaranteed certain liabilities of Group companies. These were primarily in relation to 
Group borrowings and covered interest and amortisation payments. No cross-guarantees had been given by the Group in relation to 
the principal amounts of these borrowings. 

31 COMMITMENTS
At the balance sheet date the Group had contracted with customers for the following minimum lease payments:

Operating lease commitments – where the Group is lessor

Within one year
More than one but not more than five years
More than five years

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 104.2
 307.8
 149.4

 561.4

98.5
293.7
165.4

557.6

Operating leases where the Group is the lessor are typically negotiated on a customer-by-customer basis and include break clauses 
and indexation provisions.

OTHER COMMITMENTS
At 31 December 2018 the Group had contracted capital expenditure of £2.9 million (2017: £9.1 million). At the balance sheet date, 
the Group had conditionally exchanged contracts to acquire an investment property for £10.0 million (2017: £nil). There were no 
authorised financial commitments which were yet to be contracted with third parties (2017: nil).

122  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201832 SUBSIDIARIES
The group financial statements include the financial statements of CLS Holdings plc and all of its subsidiaries, which are listed below. 
All are 100% owned unless otherwise stated.

Great West House Limited
GWH Birkenhead Limited 
Harman House Limited
Hygeia Harrow Limited 
Ingrove Limited
Instant Office Limited 
Kennington Road Limited 
Larkhall Lane Limited 
Maidenhead Cloud Gate Limited
Melita House Limited 
Mirenwest Limited
New Printing House Square 

Spring Gardens III Limited
Spring Mews (Block D) Limited 
Spring Mews (Hotel) Limited 
Spring Mews (Student) Limited 
Spring Mews Limited
Three Albert Embankment 

Limited 

Tweedwind (Three) Limited
Vauxhall Square Limited 
Vauxhall Square (Nominee 2) 

Limited

Vauxhall Square (Nominee 3) 

Limited

Limited

NYK Investments Limited 
One Elmfield Park Limited 
Quayside Lodge Limited 
Rayman Finance Limited 
Reflex Bracknell Limited
Rex House Limited 
Sentinel House Limited 
Shard of Glass Limited 
Southern House Limited 

Vauxhall Square One Limited 
Vauxhall Square (Student) 

Limited

Vauxhall Square (Wandsworth 

Road) Limited

Wandsworth Road Limited

UNITED KINGDOM
Registered Office: 16 Tinworth Street, London SE11 5AL

16 Tinworth Street (Residential) 

Limited

401 King Street Limited
62 London Road Limited 
Apex Tower Limited 
Birmingham Crescent Limited
Brent House Limited 
Buspace Studios Limited
Cassini Pascal Limited 
Centenary Court Limited
Central London Securities 

Limited

Chancel House Limited 
Citadel Finance Limited 
Citadel Holdings plc
CI Tower Investments Limited 
CLS Bromley Limited
CLS Capital Partners Limited 
CLS Chancery House Limited 
CLS Cliffords Inn Limited
CLS England and Wales Limited 
CLS Gateway House Limited 
CLS Germany Limited
CLS Holdings UK Limited 

CLS Horton Road Limited 
CLS London Limited
CLS London Properties Limited 
CLS Northern Properties 

Limited

CLS One Limited
CLS Peterborough Limited 
CLS Residential Investments 

Limited

CLS South London Limited 
CLS Spring Gardens Limited 
CLS UK Properties plc 
CLSH Management Limited 
Columbia Bracknell Limited
Coventry House Limited 
Crosspoint House Limited 
Dukes Road Limited 
Elmfield Road Limited
Falcon Quest Limited
Fetter Lane Apartments 

Limited

Fetter Lane Leasehold Limited

UNITED KINGDOM
Registered Office: 15 Atholl Crescent, Edinburgh EH3 8HA

CLS Aberdeen Limited 
CLS Scotland Limited 
Ladywell House Limited 
Sidlaw House Limited

FRANCE
Registered Office: 120 Rue Jean Jaurés, 92300 Levallious, Paris

120 Jean Jaures Holding Sàrl 
120 Jean Jaures Sàrl
Avenue du Park SCI 
BV France Sàrl
Capitaine Guynemer Sàrl 
Chorus Sàrl
CLS France Management Sàrl 
CLS France Services Sàrl
Debussy SCI

De Musset Sàrl
EPP Levallois Sàrl 
Euralille 2 Sàrl Foch SCI
Forum France SCI 
Georges Clemençeau Sàrl 
Immobilière V SA 
Immobilière 6 Sàrl
Immobilière 8 Sàrl
Immobilière 10 Sàrl

Immobilière 12 Sàrl
Immobilière 13 Sàrl 
Le D’Aubigny SCI 
Le Quatuor SCI
Le Sigma Sàrl
Leclerc SCI
Mission Marchand Sàrl 
Panten Sàrl
Parc SCI

Petits Champs Sàrl
Petits Hotels Sàrl
Rhone Alpes Sàrl 
Rue Stephenson Sàrl 
Scala Sàrl
SCI Frères Peugeot 
SCI Pierre Valette
Sego Sàrl
Solferino SCI

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  123

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information 32 SUBSIDIARIES continued
GERMANY
Registered Office: Nagelsweg 37, 20097 Hamburg

CLS Germany Management GmbH 
Jarrestrasse Immobilien GmbH

LUXEMBOURG
Registered Office: 55 Avenue de la Gare, L-1611 Luxembourg

Adlershofer Sàrl 
Albertina Sàrl 
Cavernet Sàrl 
Chronotron Sàrl
CLS Immobilien Stuttgart Sàrl
CLS Investments Sàrl 
CLS Investments 2 Sàrl
CLS Luxembourg Sàrl

CLS Metropolis Sàrl
CLS Palisade Sàrl 
CLS Tangentis Sàrl 
Freepost Sàrl
Frohbösestrasse Sàrl
Garivet Sàrl 
Giesserei Sàrl
Gotic Haus Sàrl

Grossglockner Sàrl
Hermalux Sàrl 
Kapellen Sàrl
Landstrasse Sàrl
Meitnerstrasse Sàrl
Naropere Sàrl
Prater Sàrl
Network Perlach Sàrl

Ratingen Sàrl
Rock Harman House Sàrl
Salisbury Hill Sàrl
Seboldstrasse Sàrl
Satimood Sàrl
Schönbrunn Sàrl 
Zillertal Sàrl

NETHERLANDS
Registered Office: Burgemeester van Reenensingel 101, 2803 DA Gouda

120 Jean Jaures BV 
Capitaine Guynemer BV 
Chorus BV
CLS Management BV 
Forum d’Aubigny BV

Hamersley International BV 
Malmros Property BV 
Parc Avenue du Park BV
Petits Champs BV 
Portapert Properties III BV

Portapert Properties UK BV 
Rasstaf BV
Stockport Investments BV

JERSEY
Registered Office: PO Box 167, 3rd Floor, 2 Hill Street, St Helier JE4 8RY

Hawkswell Limited

SWEDEN
Registered Office: Skönabäck 122, SE-274 91 Skurup

Jarrestrasse Holding AB 
Museion Förvaltning AB
Endicott Sweden AB 

Rasstaf Sweden AB
Wyatt Media Group AB (98.87%) 

Wyatt Sales AB
Xtraworks AB

First Camp Sverige Holding AB (58.02%)
100% subsidiaries of First Camp Sverige Holding AB (unless otherwise stated):

Brf Gunnarsö (83.45%) 
Brf Kolmården
Brf Möllen Brf Solcamp
Brf Solgläntan (96.7%) 
Brf Umeå Stugor
Brf Wermelandia Stugor

First Camp Ahus och Oknö AB
First Camp Bråviken AB
First Camp Gunnarsö AB
First Camp Holding Karradal AB 
First Camp Karlstad AB
First Camp Kärradal AB 

First Camp Kungshamn AB
First Camp Luleå AB
First Camp Malmö AB 
First Camp Mölle AB 
First Camp Sverige AB 
First Camp Torekov AB 

First Camp Tylösand AB 
First Camp Umeå AB
First Camp Upplands-Bro AB
Solvik Camping och Stugby AB 
Stugbyn Gunnarsö AB
Svalans Stugförmedling AB

124  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statementsNotes to the Group financial statements (continued)31 December 201833 ASSOCIATES
The Group financial statements include the Group’s share of the results and net assets of the following associates:

Name

Nyheter 24 Media Network AB
Lociloci AB

34 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Country of 
incorporation

Sweden
Sweden

Holding

24.2%
24.6%

TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS
Distributions totalling £15,866,671 (2017: £14,385,247) were made through dividend payments in the year in respect of ordinary 
shares held by the Directors.

During the year the following transactions occurred with companies associated to Sten Mortstedt:

• a Group company, Museion Forvaltning AB, signed an agreement with Skonaback Forvaltnings AB to lease office space until 

30 September 2018 at a cost of SEK 400,000 per annum. The lease was extended until 31 December 2018 at a cost of SEK 120,000 
per annum. The total cost for the year was SEK 330,000 (2017: SEK 400,000). No balances were outstanding at the balance sheet 
date (2017: SEK nil).

• the Group charged a management fee in relation to providing property management and administration services. A Group 

company, CLSH Management Limited, invoiced fees totalling £21,457 (2017: £101,573). At the balance sheet date £21,457 was 
outstanding (2017: £635).

• the Group recharged salary costs in relation to providing administration services. A Group company, CLS Holdings plc, invoiced 

costs totalling £68,673 (2017: £37,634). At the balance sheet date £31,036 was outstanding (2017: £16,650).

• the Group provided periodic use of a company-owned flat. A Group company, CLSH Management limited, invoiced costs totalling 

£200 (2017: £3,730). No balances were outstanding at the balance sheet date (2017: £590).

• the Group were charged amounts in relation to administration costs. A Group company, CLS Holdings plc, received invoices 

totalling £4,566 (2017: £2,985). No balances were outstanding at the balance sheet date (2017: £nil). 

During the year, the Group recharged costs to a company with a common Director, Catena AB, in relation to costs incurred by the 
Group. A Group company, CLS Holdings plc, invoiced costs totalling £4,447 (2017: £3,202). At the balance sheet date £1,118 was 
outstanding (2017: £1,311).

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of 
the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. Information about the remuneration of individual directors is provided 
in the audited part of the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 61 to 74. 

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Other long-term benefits

2018 
£000

 2,430
 7
 610

 3,047

2017 
£000

2,634
11
306

2,951

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  125

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Company balance sheet
at 31 December 2018

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Intangible assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds

Notes

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

6

7

8

9

10
11
12
12

 461.1
 0.3

 2.4

 463.8

361.1
0.1

4.2

365.4

 (171.3)

(24.8)

–

 (171.3)

 292.5

 11.0
 83.1
 28.1
 170.3

 292.5

(64.8)

(89.6)

275.8

11.0
83.1
27.7
154.0

275.8

The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2018 of £42.8 million (2017: £44.2 million).

The notes on pages 128 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements of CLS Holdings plc (registered number: 2714781) were approved by the Board of Directors 
and authorised for issue on 7 March 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:

Mr E H Klotz
Executive Chairman

126  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statements 
Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2018

Arising in 2018:

Profit for the year
Employee Performance Incentive Plan charge 
Dividends

Total changes arising in 2018
At 1 January 2018

At 31 December 2018

Arising in 2017:

Profit for the year
Employee Performance Incentive Plan charge
Dividends

Total changes arising in 2017
At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017

Notes

 12
 12
 12

Notes

12
12
12

Share  
capital  
£m

Share 
premium  
£m

Other  
reserves  
£m

Retained 
earnings  
£m

–
–
–

–
 11.0

 11.0

–
–
–

–
 83.1

 83.1

–
 0.4
–

 0.4
 27.7

 28.1

 42.8
–
 (26.5)

 16.3
 154.0

 170.3

Share  
capital  
£m

Share 
premium  
£m

Other  
reserves  
£m

Retained 
earnings  
£m

–
–
–

–
11.0

11.0

–
–
–

–
83.1

83.1

–
0.4
–

0.4
27.3

27.7

44.2
–
(24.7)

19.5
134.5

154.0

Total  
£m

 42.8
 0.4
 (26.5)

 16.7
 275.8

 292.5

Total  
£m

44.2
0.4
(24.7)

19.9
255.9

275.8

The notes on pages 128 to 131 are an integral part of these financial statements.

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  127

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements
31 December 2018

1 GENERAL INFORMATION
These separate financial statements are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 and prepared on the historical 
cost basis.

The Company has applied UK GAAP Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (“FRS 101”) incorporating 
the Amendments to FRS 101 issued by the FRC in July 2015 other than those relating to legal changes and has not applied the 
amendments to Company law made by The Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2015 that are 
effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2016.

CLS Holdings plc is the ultimate parent company of the CLS Holdings Group. Its primary activity (which occurs exclusively within the 
United Kingdom) is to hold shares in subsidiary companies.

2 BASIS OF ACCOUNTING
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation 
to capital management, presentation of a cash flow statement, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, 
standards not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the Group financial statements.

3 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies are summarised below.

3.1 GOING CONCERN
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts as 
detailed in the Director’s Report on page 77.

3.2 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. Dividend income 
is recognised when received.

3.3 PENSION COSTS
The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for all eligible employees. The pension costs charged represent the 
contributions payable. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions paid are shown as either accruals or 
prepayments in the balance sheet.

3.4 SHARE CAPITAL
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction from proceeds, net of tax.

Where a Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable 
incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the owners of the Company until the shares are cancelled, 
reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable 
incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

3.5 FOREIGN CURRENCIES
The financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Company operates, known as its functional currency. Transactions in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency are 
recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and 
liabilities that are denominated in other currencies are translated into sterling at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary 
items carried at fair value that are denominated in other currencies are translated into sterling at the rates prevailing at the 
date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are 
not translated.

128  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statements4 PROFIT FOR FINANCIAL YEAR
As permitted by s408 Companies Act 2006, the Company’s profit and loss account has not been presented in these financial 
statements. The Company’s profit for the financial year was £42.8 million (2017: £44.2 million).

Audit fees for the Company were £0.1 million (2017: £0.1 million).

Details of the Directors employed during the year and of their remuneration is included in the Remuneration Committee Report on 
pages 61 to 74.

5 DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS
An interim dividend for 2018 of 2.20 pence (2017: 2.05 pence) per ordinary share of 2.50 pence, or £9.0 million (2017: £8.4 million), 
was paid on 28 September 2018. The proposed final dividend of 4.70 pence per ordinary share (2017: 4.30 pence) was recommended 
by the Board on 6 March 2019 and, subject to approval by shareholders, is payable on 29 April 2019 to shareholders on the register 
at the close of business on 5 April 2019. The aggregate amount of the 2018 final dividend of £19.1 million (2017: £17.5 million) has 
been calculated using the total number of eligible shares outstanding at 31 December 2018. The total dividend for the year would be 
6.90 pence (2017: 6.35 pence) per ordinary share of 2.50 pence comprising £28.1 million (2017: £25.9 million).

6 INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

At 1 January
Additions
Disposals
Reversal of impairment

At 31 December

7 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 
Prepayments and accrued income
Other debtors

8 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current
Trade payables
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals

2018  
£m

 361.1
 99.0
–
 1.0

 461.1

2017  
£m

354.5
11.5
(10.3)
5.4

361.1

2018  
£m

2017  
£m

 0.1
 0.3
 2.0

 2.4

2.8
0.2
1.2

4.2

2018  
£m

2017 
£m

 0.1
 169.4
 1.8

171.3

–
20.4
4.4

24.8

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  129

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Notes to the Company financial statements continued
31 December 2018

9 BORROWINGS

Unsecured bonds
Arrangement fees

2018  
£m

–
–

–

2017  
£m

65.0
(0.2)

64.8

The £65.0 million unsecured retail bonds, which attracted a fixed rate coupon of 5.5% and were due for repayment in 2019, were 
redeemed in full in July 2018. The bonds had been listed on the London Stock Exchange’s Order book for Retail Bonds.

10 SHARE CAPITAL

Number

At 1 January 2018 and 31 December 2018

 407,395,760

 31,382,020  438,777,780

 10.2

 0.8

 11.0

Ordinary  
shares in 
circulation

Treasury  
shares

Total  
ordinary  
shares

Ordinary 
shares in 
circulation  
£m

Treasury 
shares  
£m

Total  
ordinary 
shares  
£m

At 1 January 2017
Issued on subdivision

At 31 December 2017

Number

Ordinary  
shares in 
circulation

Treasury  
shares

Total  
ordinary  
shares

Ordinary 
shares in 
circulation  
£m

Treasury 
shares  
£m

40,739,576
366,656,184

3,138,202
28,243,818

43,877,778
394,900,002

407,395,760

31,382,020

438,777,780

10.2
–

10.2

0.8
–

0.8

Total 
ordinary 
shares  
£m

11.0
–

11.0

On 8 May 2017, each of the existing ordinary shares of 25 pence each was subdivided into ten new ordinary shares of 2.5 pence each.

11 SHARE PREMIUM

At 1 January and 31 December

2018  
£m

 83.1

2017  
£m

83.1

130  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial statements12 PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT AND OTHER RESERVES

Other reserves

At 1 January 2018
Share-based payment charge
Profit for the year
Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2017
Share-based payment charge
Profit for the year
Dividends to shareholders

At 31 December 2017

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m

Share-
based 
payment 
reserve 
£m

22.7
–
–
–

22.7

0.4
0.4
–
–

0.8

Other reserves

Capital 
redemption 
reserve  
£m

Share-based 
payment 
reserve 
£m

22.7
–
–
–

22.7

–
0.4
–
–

0.4

Other  
£m

4.6
-
–
–

4.6

Other  
£m

4.6
–
–
–

4.6

13 RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

At 1 January
Profit for the year
Dividends to shareholders
Share-based payment charge

At 31 December

Profit  
and loss 
account  
£m

154.0
–
42.8
(26.5)

170.3

Profit  
and loss 
account  
£m

134.5
–
44.2
(24.7)

154.0

2017  
£m

255.9
44.2
(24.7)
0.4

275.8

Total  
£m

27.7
0.4
–
–

28.1

Total  
£m

27.3
0.4
–
–

27.7

2018  
£m

275.8
42.8
(26.5)
0.4

292.5

14 CONTINGENCIES
At 31 December 2018 CLS Holdings plc had guaranteed certain liabilities of Group companies, primarily in relation to Group 
borrowings and covering interest and amortisation payments. No cross-guarantees had been given in relation to the principal 
amounts of these borrowings. Since the possibility of payment by the Company under any of these guarantees and warranties is 
considered remote, no provisions in relation to these have been made in the Company’s financial statements and no reportable 
contingent liability exists.

15 COMMITMENTS
At 31 December 2018, the Company had no contracted capital expenditure (2017: £nil) and no authorised financial commitments 
which were yet to be contracted with third parties (2017: £nil).

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  131

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Five year financial summary (unaudited)
31 December 2018

2018  
£m

Restated 
2017  
£m

2016  
£m

2015 
£m

2014  
£m

Continuing Operations
Group revenue

Net rental income 
Administration expenses 
Other expenses

Group revenue less costs
Net movements on revaluation of investment properties
Net movement on revaluation of equity investments
Profit on sale of properties
Gain on sale of other financial instruments, net of impairments
Gain arising from acquisition
Fair value gain on reclassification of associate

 133.0

 107.3
 (17.8)
 (13.2)

 76.3
 62.8
 22.2
 2.3
 1.7
 –
 –

120.3

100.0
(14.6)
(12.2)

73.2
94.2
–
43.7
2.5
–
–

128.5

107.1
(21.3)
(14.0)

71.8
36.1
 –
9.1
3.2
–
–

118.9

99.0
(19.5)
(13.8)

65.7
98.0
 –
4.3
0.7
–
–

Operating profit

 165.3

213.6

120.2

168.7

Finance income
Finance costs
Share of loss of associates after tax

 6.1
 (26.5)
 –

10.0
(32.4)
(0.7)

13.6
(32.7)
(1.0)

10.0
(27.5)
–

99.6

82.2
(13.6)
(4.9)

63.7
186.0
 –
8.7
–
1.2
0.2

259.8

7.7
(28.1)
(2.6)

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Discontinued Operations

(Loss)/profit for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Distributions paid and proposed

Net Assets Employed
Non-current assets
Current assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Ratios

Net assets per share (pence)
EPRA net assets per share (pence)
Earnings per share (pence)
EPRA earnings per share (pence)
Net gearing (%)
Balance sheet loan-to-value (%)
Interest cover (times)

 144.9

 190.5

100.1

151.2

236.8

 (12.1)

 132.8

(33.5)

157.0

 (14.9)

 0.9

 117.9

 157.9

 28.1

25.9

(1.8)

98.3

 –

 98.3

23.5

(19.1)

132.1

(42.0)

194.8

 –

 –

 132.1

 194.8

19.1

15.9

 2,034.5
 173.0

 2,207.5
 (170.0)
 (914.5)

1,913.1
 174.7

2,157.4
(177.5)
(946.6)

1,763.9
159.4

1,923.3
(186.2)
(854.6)

1,572.6
173.3

1,745.9
(282.2)
(695.7)

1,477.8
111.0

1,588.8
(269.6)
(661.7)

 1,123.0

1,033.3

882.5

768.0

657.5

2018

 275.5
 309.8
 30.5
 13.1
 63.4
 36.7
 3.80

2017

252.0
285.6
38.7
12.6
65.2
36.9
3.89

2016

215.1
245.6
23.6
12.3
78.8
43.7
3.37

2015

181.0
208.3
30.6
8.5
82.0
42.6
3.19

2014

152.1
177.4
44.9
7.7
89.4
44.3
3.34

2017 has been restated to separate the individual line items in the profit and loss account that relate to the operations of First Camp 
Svergie Holdings AB which have been classified as discontinued, as disclosed in note 24 to the financial statements. Accordingly, 
the assets and liabilities are disclosed in current assets and current liabilities on the Group balance sheet as the First Camp sub-
group has been classified as a disposal group held for sale. The 2014-2016 comparative periods have not been restated to reflect 
this reclassification.

132  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Additional informationAdditional information

Glossary of terms

ADMINISTRATION COST RATIO
Recurring administration expenses of the Investment 
Property operating segment expressed as a percentage of net 
rental income

EPRA NET ASSETS
Net assets attributable to the owners of the Company 
excluding the fair value of financial derivatives, deferred tax on 
revaluations, and goodwill arising as a result of deferred tax

BALANCE SHEET LOAN-TO-VALUE
Net debt expressed as a percentage of property assets

CONTRACTED RENT
Annual contracted rental income after any rent-free periods 
have expired

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company 
divided by the diluted weighted average number of 
ordinary shares

DILUTED NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
Number of ordinary shares in circulation at the balance sheet 
date adjusted to include the effect of potential dilutive shares 
issuable under employee share schemes

DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER 
OF ORDINARY SHARES
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the period adjusted to include the effect of potential 
weighted average dilutive shares issuable under employee 
share schemes

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company 
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue in the period

EPRA
European Public Real Estate Association

EPRA EARNINGS PER SHARE
Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company, 
but excluding net gains or losses from fair value adjustments 
on investment properties and on equity investments, profits or 
losses on disposal of investment properties and other non-
current investment interests, profits or losses of discontinued 
operations, profits or losses on early redemption of debt, 
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, movements in 
fair value of derivative financial instruments and their related 
current and deferred tax

EPRA NET ASSETS PER SHARE OR EPRA NAV
EPRA net assets divided by the diluted number of 
ordinary shares

EPRA NET INITIAL YIELD
Passing rent less net service charge costs on investment 
properties and properties held for sale, expressed as a 
percentage of the valuation of those properties after adding 
purchasers’ costs

EPRA TOPPED UP NET INITIAL YIELD
Contracted rent less net service charge costs on investment 
properties and properties held for sale, expressed as a 
percentage of the valuation of those properties after adding 
purchasers’ costs

EPRA TRIPLE NET ASSETS
EPRA net assets adjusted to reflect the fair value of debt 
and derivatives and to include the fair value of deferred 
tax on property revaluations

EPRA TRIPLE NET ASSETS PER SHARE
EPRA triple net assets divided by the diluted number 
of ordinary shares

ESTIMATED RENTAL VALUE (ERV)
The market rental value of lettable space as estimated 
by the Group’s valuers

INTEREST COVER
The aggregate of group revenue less costs, divided by the 
aggregate of interest expense and amortisation of loan issue 
costs, less interest income

LIQUID RESOURCES
Cash and short-term deposits and listed corporate bonds

NET ASSETS PER SHARE OR NET ASSET 
VALUE (NAV)
Equity attributable to the owners of the Company divided by the 
diluted number of ordinary shares

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  133

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information Glossary of terms continued

NET DEBT
Total borrowings less liquid resources

TOTAL ACCOUNTING RETURN
The change in EPRA NAV before the payment of dividends

NET GEARING
Net debt expressed as a percentage of net assets attributable to 
the owners of the Company

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
The growth in capital from purchasing a share, assuming that 
dividends are reinvested every time they are received

NET INITIAL YIELD
Net rent on investment properties and properties held for sale 
expressed as a percentage of the valuation of those properties

TRUE EQUIVALENT YIELD
The capitalisation rate applied to future cash flows to calculate 
the gross property value, as determined by the Group’s 
external valuers

NET RENT
Passing rent less net service charge costs

OCCUPANCY RATE
Contracted rent expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of 
contracted rent and the ERV of vacant space

OVER-RENTED
The amount by which ERV falls short of the aggregate 
of contracted rent

PASSING RENT
Contracted rent before any rent-free periods have expired

PROPERTY LOAN TO VALUE
Property borrowings expressed as a percentage of the market 
value of the property portfolio

RENT ROLL
Contracted rent

RETURN ON EQUITY
The aggregate of the change in equity attributable to the owners 
of the Company plus the amounts paid to the shareholders 
dividends and the purchase of shares in the market, divided by 
the opening equity attributable to the owners of the Company

REVERSIONARY
The amount by which ERV exceeds contracted rent

134  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Additional informationDirectors, officers and advisers

DIRECTORS
Henry Klotz 
Anna Seeley◊ 
Fredrik Widlund 
John Whiteley 
Sten Mortstedt◊ 
Malcolm Cooper‡*†   
Elizabeth Edwards†◊ 
Christopher Jarvis*† 
Bengt Mortstedt 
Lennart Sten*◊ 

(Executive Chairman) 
(Non-Executive Vice Chairman) 
(Chief Executive Officer) 
(Chief Financial Officer) 
(Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director)

‡  Senior Independent Director
*  Member of Remuneration Committee
†  Member of Audit Committee
◊  Member of Nomination Committee

COMPANY SECRETARY
David Fuller BA, FCIS

REGISTERED OFFICE
16 Tinworth Street, London, SE11 5AL

REGISTERED NUMBER
2714781

REGISTRARS AND TRANSFER OFFICE
Computershare Investor Services Plc 
PO Box 82 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 7NH

Shareholder Helpline: 0870 889 3286

CLS HOLDINGS PLC ONLINE
www.clsholdings.com

EMAIL
enquiries@clsholdings.com

CLEARING BANK
Royal Bank of Scotland Plc 
24 Grosvenor Place 
London SW1X 7HP

FINANCIAL ADVISERS
Elm Square Advisers Limited 
10 Queen’s Elm Square 
London SW3 6ED

STOCKBROKERS
Liberum Capital 
Ropemaker Place, Level 12 
25 Ropemaker Street 
London EC2Y 9LY

Whitman Howard 
First floor, Connaught House 
1/3 Mount Street 
London W1K 3NB

REGISTERED AUDITOR
Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants 
Hill House, 1 Little New Street 
London EC4A 3TR

FINANCIAL AND CORPORATE 
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Smithfield Consultants Limited 
Southside 
105 Victoria Street 
London SW1E 6QT

CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018  |  135

Strategic report | Corporate governance | Financial statements | Additional information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal notes

136  |  CLS Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2018

REGISTERED OFFICE
CLS Holdings plc
16 Tinworth Street,  
London,  
SE11 5AL 
UK

Tel: +44 (0)20 7582 7766 
Fax: +44 (0)20 7840 7797 
Email: enquiries@clsholdings.com

REGISTERED NUMBER
2714781

GERMANY
CLS Germany Management GmbH
Nagelsweg 37  
20097 Hamburg

Tel: +49 (0)40 29 81 39 0 
Fax: +44 (0)40 29 81 39 29 
Email: enquiries@clsholdings.com

FRANCE
CLS France Services Sarl 
36 rue Jules Verne 
92300 Levallois-Perret

Tel: +33 (0)1 86 26 48 50 
Fax: +33 (0)1 86 26 48 64

Consultancy, design and production
www.luminous.co.uk

Design and production

www.luminous.co.uk

C

L

S

H

O

L

D

I

N

G

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

2

0

1

8

WWW.CLSHOLDINGS.COM

CLS HOLDINGS PLC
16 Tinworth Street 
London 
SE11 5AL

Tel: +44 (0)20 7582 7766 
Fax: +44 (0)20 7735 2779 
email: enquiries@clsholdings.com